ITV Annual Report 2014 | Quarterlytics

FY2014 Annual Report · ITV

Loading PDF…

ITV set for continued growth
after another strong year

ITV plc Annual Report and Accounts
for the year ended 31 December 2014

sluglineWelcome to our
Annual Report 2014

Learn more . . .
Online Annual Report
The Online Annual Report is available at
ar2014.itvplc.com

Corporate website
We maintain a corporate website at www.itvplc.com containing a wide range of
information of interest to institutional and private investors including:
• Latest news and press releases
• Annual reports and investor presentations
• Governance documents
• Corporate Responsibility content

Video content
See our latest showreels at
www.itvplc.com/media/showreel

Front cover picture:
Thunderbirds Are Go, produced by
ITV Studios, will air on ITV in spring
2015. The show has already been
commissioned for a second series
and sold to countries including
Australia, New Zealand and Israel.

slugline167

Shareholder
Information and
Glossary.

Look out for these icons
within the report

Read more on
page 37

%
60

0
6

9
5

8
5

5
5

3
5

0
5

ITV Studios US now generating
141 programmes
and 884 hours
of content annually in
partnership with 45 networks

Upcoming deliveries of
programming in 2015 include

Thunderbirds
Are Go

and 3 US scripted dramas

Largest unscripted
independent
producer of content

in the US

149

new commissions in 2014
up from 121 in 2013

sold to 3 or more countries

12 formats
36 formats
sold internationally

1,200

episodes of new series delivered

and over 5,000
episodes of recommissions

149

ITV Studios
content won
5 BAFTAs
in the year

Three

acquisitions in 2014,
with 11 acquisitions in
total since 2012

5,700

hours of original
content produced and delivered
in 2014

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITV

Strategic Priority

continued

Investing to build an international business
Our acquisitions to date have been focused on factual and
scripted reality producers in the US and UK, the two key
markets with a track record for creating and owning IP. We
are looking for companies with a solid financial and creative
track record as well as a strong pipeline. By maintaining this
strict acquisition criteria, ITV has become a top global player
in non-scripted production.

In 2014 we made three acquisitions as we look to continue
to diversify our revenue streams and increase our reach.
In February we acquired a 51% controlling interest in DiGa
Vision (DiGa), a US independent producer of reality and
scripted programming, and 100% of United Production
(United), a Danish producer of factual and entertainment
programmes.

In May we made our largest acquisition to date, purchasing
80% of Leftfield Entertainment, a high margin US producer
of reality programmes, for an initial cash payment of
$360 million. Leftfield also owns Sirens Media and has
established two joint ventures, Loud Television and Outpost
Entertainment. Together the group produces more than
300 hours of unscripted programming for over 30 US
networks with a portfolio that includes Pawn Stars, American
Restoration and The Real Housewives of New Jersey.

These businesses add to our growing portfolio of production
companies acquired over the last three years which have
included Gurney Productions, High Noon Entertainment and
Thinkfactory Media in the US, The Garden Productions, Big
Talk Productions and So TV in the UK, as well as Tarinatalo
and Mediacircus in the Nordics.

We are also looking to develop joint ventures with key creative
talent, such as our scripted drama and comedy partnership
with Marty Adelstein which launched Tomorrow ITV Studios
in 2014. More recently, we announced a new entertainment
label within ITV Studios, Possessed Television, in partnership
with Glenn Hugill.

Number one commercial
producer in the UK
Local content in the UK continues to drive the largest
audiences and, as an integrated producer broadcaster, ITV is
well placed to benefit from this demand. 60% of the total
spend on original commissions on the ITV main channel is
now with ITV Studios, up from 50% in 2009.

In 2014, ITV Studios total UK revenue was up 1% to £459
million (2013: £456 million) with growth impacted by the
proportion of the ITV Broadcast programme budget allocated
to the FIFA World Cup. This reduced the available spend on
internal drama and entertainment shows in the year. However,
during the year we continued to grow the number of shows
that return and travel with 2014 recommissions for ITV
including Mr Selfridge, Saturday Night Takeaway and Big
Star’s Little Star.

Off-ITV we delivered new series of The Graham Norton Show
and In It To Win It for the BBC, and Come Dine With Me and
24 hours in A&E for Channel 4.

We continue to receive strong recognition for the quality
of our programming and calibre of our talent and won five
BAFTAs for our content in 2014.

Top international indie producer
Our international production business is growing strongly,
with revenue up 24% to £330 million (2013: £266 million)
in 2014.

We are now the largest unscripted independent producer
in the US, generating 141 programmes and 884 hours of
content in 2014 in partnership with 45 networks. US revenue
increased 34% to £235 million in 2014 (2013: £175 million)
reflecting the acquisition of Leftfield and the longevity
and international appeal of our successful returning series.
In response to network demand, we have built a strong
portfolio of high volume formats and shows that return
year after year. Examples delivered in 2014 included Hell’s
Kitchen USA, Pawn Stars and Duck Dynasty.

Our other international bases in Germany, France, Australia
and the Nordics produce their own original formats
alongside UK formats. International revenue increased 4%
in 2014 to £95 million (2013: £91 million) driven by good
organic growth in Germany and France. Germany benefitted
from commissions in the year which included Quizduell,
series eight of Ich Bin Ein Star (the German version of I’m a
Celebrity... Get Me Out Of Here!), Hell’s Kitchen and Mini Beiz,
Dini Beiz while France benefitted from Four Weddings and
Party Wars. Other international successes delivered during
the year included The Chase in Norway, Keeping the Nation
Alive in Norway and Denmark, and Big Star’s Little Star in
Finland.

Pictured:
Texas Rising is co-produced by ITV Studios, with Global
Entertainment holding the global distribution rights.

2015 and beyond
We look ahead to 2015 with confidence as the production
lead times give us good visibility of our upcoming deliveries.
We expect ITV Studios again to deliver around £100 million
revenue growth on a constant currency basis reflecting a
return to good organic growth, helped by our investment in
global scripted content and supported by a full year of our
2014 acquisitions. As ever, ITV’s revenue growth will not be
spread evenly throughout the year because of the phasing
of the delivery schedule required by our network and cable
customers.

New commissions to be delivered in 2015 will include
dramas Jekyll and Hyde, Home Fires and the relaunch of

Thunderbirds Are Go in the UK, I’m a Celebrity... Get Me Out
Of Here! in Australia and Saturday Night Takeaway in the US.
While our drama production has historically been focused on
the UK market, we are growing our scripted presence in the
US and have three large scale dramas, Aquarius, Texas Rising
and The Good Witch that will go straight to series in 2015.

Longer term, leveraging our network relationships and
global scale in production and distribution, our strategy is
to have an ongoing portfolio with six to ten international
scripted series in production per annum. We will also look
to accelerate growth through further acquisitions while
working to attract and retain key creative talent to ensure
our creative pipeline remains strong.

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVStrategic Priority

Build a global pay and
distribution business

As digital media and consumer viewing behaviour
continue to evolve, our ability to create and distribute
high value content in new and efficient ways is of
increasing significance. ITV is continually exploring,
experimenting and developing our pay services with
broadcasters and platform owners while also seeking
new opportunities to extend the reach of our content for
the consumer.

Exploring new models for
content creation
As the way in which our viewers consume content changes,
especially amongst the younger generation, we are growing
our exposure to new types of content including short form
and younger-focused long form programming. In 2014 we
agreed a deal with YouTube to launch a number of short
form channels including I’m A Celebrity... Get Me Out Of
Here!, The Chase and our soaps.

We are also building a presence in international digital
production. Our acquisition of US producer DiGa in the first
half of 2014 gave ITV exposure to digital formats.

Following this, in 2014 we have made three further
investments in the digital arena as we look to develop
greater expertise in monetising online audiences. In
September 2014 we made small investments in Indigenous
Media, a producer of scripted digital content, and Believe
Entertainment Group, a producer of digital-branded short
form entertainment. Most recently, in December 2014
ITV made an investment in Zealot, a digital content multi-
platform network founded by Danny Zappin, former CEO of
YouTube multi-channel network Maker Studios.

Generating new sources of pay revenue
ITV earns revenue from pay television through licensing our
channels and content. In 2014 Pay revenue grew by 63% as
we negotiated and renewed a number of deals.

Most significantly, in January 2014 we announced a new
four-year deal with Sky, which makes ITV content available
through Sky’s range of connected platforms including
Sky+HD, Sky Go, Now TV and Sky Store. This deal included our
first ever pay only channel, ITV Encore, which we launched in
June. Additionally in 2014, we extended our deal with Virgin
for another year covering HD versions of ITV2, ITV3 and ITV4
as well as our new FTA channel ITVBe, and signed several
other deals including new deals with BT and TalkTalk.

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Strategy and OperationsOnline, Pay & Interactive revenue

Now a material and
profitable part of the
Group

Reflects strong growth in
Online and Pay as we further
diversify our revenue streams.

Read more on Online, Pay &
Interactive Revenue on page 41

Invested in
three digital
content businesses:
Believe, Indigenous
and Zealot

63%

growth in
Pay revenue

£m
160

140

120

100

2 0 6 % I n c r e a s e o n 2 0 0 9

30%
YoY

3
5
1

8
1
1

2
0
1

8
5

1
8

0
5

Launched 12
YouTube
channels in 2014
with ten

following in 2015

Global Entertainment
is a leading
European
distributor of
television content

Investment
in Cirkus

a subscription VOD service

Mr Selfridge, Lewis
and Hell’s Kitchen US
sold to over
150 countries

Strategy and Operations
Chief Executive’s Review
Performance Dashboard
Strategic Priority 1
Strategic Priority 2
Strategic Priority 3

Global

Entertainment
revenue up 7% to

£144m

In June 2014
we launched
our new pay
television channel
ITV Encore

proﬁtable from day one

A library of over
40,000

More information on Global
Entertainment can be found at
www.itvplc.com

4 year deal
with Sky

to make ITV content available through
Sky’s platforms including
Sky+HD, SkyGo, Now TV and Sky Store

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITV

Strategic Priority

continued

We are also looking to develop wider partnerships with on
demand players as consumer demand for VOD continues
to grow. For example, in the year we made an investment in
Cirkus, a UK-based subscription VOD service that offers the
‘best of British’ television content to pay television platforms
and their customers across the Nordic region.

There remains scope to grow our UK pay revenue further
through extensions of our existing propositions as we
experiment with new ways of monetising our content.

Past initiatives have included: trialling pay opportunities
on ITV Player for episode premieres of programmes; our
ad-free subscription ITV Player app on iOS which has been
well received; and, most recently we made the first series
of the comedy Cockroaches available exclusively online
one week ahead of its broadcast, intended to enhance
viewer awareness and engagement with the show’s young
audience. We will continue to trial new sources of pay
revenue as we further develop our pay strategy.

Pictured:
Mr Selfridge returned for a second series in January
2014 with a series average of 6.3 million viewers and
a 23% share. The third series started airing in 2015.
Mr Selfridge has been sold to over 150 countries.

A leading European
distributor of television content
ITV Studios, through Global Entertainment, has a substantial
archive of over 40,000 hours of television and film that
we distribute to broadcasters around the world. This is
predominantly ITV produced programming, with 2014
successes including Hell’s Kitchen US, Mr Selfridge and Lewis
which have all been sold to over 150 countries.

2015 and beyond
Overall, looking ahead we expect continued good growth
in pay revenue as we develop further new ways to package
and sell our content to take advantage of demand in the
UK and internationally. We will benefit from a full year of
ITV Encore and we will continue to explore new pay services
and channels while growing our exposure to new types of
content, including digital.

We are benefitting from the growth in our UK and
international production businesses as well as deeper
network relationships as we build scale. In 2014 Global
Entertainment increased revenue by 7% to £144 million
(2013: £135 million).

In addition to distributing ITV’s own content, we are adding
to our catalogue through the distribution of third party
content. In 2014 we acquired the third party distribution
rights to a number of international dramas including Schitt’s
Creek from Canada, Jordskott from Sweden and Poldark
from Mammoth in the UK.

Global Entertainment also continues to license ITV and third
party formats successfully. The number of UK formats sold
internationally to three or more countries has increased
from eight in 2013 to 12 in 2014 including I’m A Celebrity...
Get Me Out Of Here!, Saturday Night Takeaway, The Chase
and Tricked.

However, while Global Entertainment has a stable core of
long-running series for international distribution, it takes
time for the creative pipeline of production to reach its full
value potential. The business’s available inventory naturally
expands as we produce and acquire new content and in 2015
we expect to see good growth in our distribution revenue
from our strong creative pipeline, our investment in scripted
content, and further third party distribution agreements.

Global Entertainment remains well positioned for growth as
we expand our inventory in 2015. In addition to our existing
programme and format archives, we will have new content
available for distribution including our three new US dramas
as well as the benefit of Thunderbirds Are Go which has
already sold to countries including the UK, Australia, New
Zealand and Israel.

Lastly, to ensure we maximise the value of our investment
in high quality content, we will continue to drive the debate
around the implementation of retransmission fees in the
UK. In 2015 we will continue efforts to change the terms of
UK and EU policy debate around the issue and support our
argument with strong evidence, such as the Nera report
we commissioned on the USA’s retransmission consent
scheme. We will build on existing support in both the House
of Commons and the House of Lords in the next Parliament
and continue our conversations with the regulator, Ofcom, to
make the case that we should be fairly compensated by the
major pay TV platforms in return for access to the content
on the ITV main channel.

Pictured:
Left: Aquarius, produced by Tomorrow ITV Studios in the US, is a new 13 part
drama starring David Duchovny. It is due to air on NBC in 2015.

Right: Jordskott, a contemporary Nordic thriller, is distributed by Global
Entertainment.

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVKey Performance Indicators

We have defined our KPIs to align
our performance and accountability
to our strategy.

These KPIs are the key measures of
success and cover all three strategic
priorities. Following the renewal of
our strategic priorities our KPIs remain
unchanged.

EBITA before
exceptional items

Adjusted EPS

Related Priority

2 3

Definition
This is the key profitability measure
used across the whole business.
Earnings before interest, tax and
amortisation before exceptional
items (EBITA) reflects our
performance in a consistent manner
and in line with how the business is
managed and measured on a day-
to-day basis.

Performance
In 2014 EBITA increased by £110
million or 18%. This increase was a
result of the 8% increase in Group
external revenue which was driven
by a 6% increase in net advertising
revenue, a 30% increase in Online,
Pay & Interactive revenue and a 34%
increase in US productions within
ITV Studios. We continued to retain
tight control over our cost base,
delivering a further £15 million of
cost savings in 2014.

Group EBITA margin once again
increased, up to 28% from 26% in
2013.

Definition
Adjusted EPS represents the adjusted
profit for the year attributable to
equity shareholders. Adjusted profit
is defined as profit for the year
attributable to equity shareholders
before exceptional items, impairment
of intangible assets, amortisation of
intangible assets acquired through
business combinations, net financing
cost adjustments and other tax
adjustments.

It reflects the business performance
of the Group in a consistent manner
and in line with how the business is
managed and measured on a day-
to-day basis.

Performance
Adjusted EPS increased by 23%
or 2.6p to 13.8p. This reflects
the increase in EBITA before
exceptionals of 18%, and a reduction
in adjusted financing costs.

£m
800

600

400

200

2
0
2

0
3
7

0
2
2
1
6
1

3
1
5

2
6
4

8
0
4

p
14

8
3
1

.
.

2
2
1
1
1
1

1
9

9
7

4
6

8
1

Our Strategic Priorities

Maximise audience and
revenue share from
free-to-air broadcast
and VOD business

Grow international
content business

Build a global pay and
distribution business

Read more on Strategic Priorities on
pages 22–33

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Performance and Financials

Performance and Financials
Key Performance Indicators
Financial and Performance Review
Risks and Uncertainties

Profit to cash
conversion

Employee
engagement

ITV Family SOV

Related Priority

2 3

Definition
Profit to cash conversion represents
the proportion of EBITA converted
into a measure of adjusted cash flow
(defined as cash generated from
operations before exceptional items
less cash related to the acquisition
of operating property, plant and
equipment and intangible assets).

This primarily reflects our working
capital management and capital
expenditure control. Our aim is to
keep profit to cash conversion as
high as possible.

Performance
Profit to cash has been maintained
at a strong level in excess of 90%.
The ratio was lower than 2013 as a
result of the increased investment in
scripted content in 2014 which will
continue in 2015.

Definition
Continuing to develop a creative,
commercial and global organisation
requires high quality employees
who are engaged in the work that
they do, and are committed to the
strategy.

Employee engagement measures
pride in the work we do, pride in
working for ITV and also what we
say about our programmes and
services.

Performance
Employee engagement was once
again high at 90%. Although this is
slightly below 2013’s rate of 91% it
is still well above benchmarks. The
participation rate was 80%, also
above the benchmark rate.

Definition
Strategic Priority 1 aims to maximise
audience share from our existing
free-to-air broadcast business,
and ITV Family SOV is the clearest
indicator of this. ITV Family SOV
is ITV’s share of the total viewing
audience over the year achieved
by ITV’s family of channels as
a proportion of total television
viewing, including the BBC Family.
ITV aims at least to maintain the ITV
Family SOV.

Performance
Following a strong 2013, ITV
Family SOV declined by 5% in
2014 to 22.0%. Within this, the
ITV main channel saw a decline
of 4%, impacted by the strong
performance of the BBC. The digital
channels were also down, with ITV2
contributing most significantly
to the decline as a result of more
competition from new UK digital
channels in the year, but partly also
due to our repositioning of the
channel to provide more targeted
demographics for our advertisers
through the launch of ITVBe.

1
2
7
1
1
1

7
2
1

%
180

160

140

120

100

3
0
1

7
9

2
7
9
1
1

1
9

%
100

5
7

5
6

1
9

0
9

8
8

5
8

%
24

1
3
2

9
2
2

1
3
2

3
2
2

0
2
2

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITV

Key Performance Indicators continued

ITV Family SOCI

ITV Family share of
broadcast

Total long form
video requests

Related Priority

Definition
Strategic Priority 1 aims to maximise
audience share from our existing
free-to-air broadcast business,
and ITV Family SOCI is another key
indicator of this. SOCI is the trading
currency in the television advertising
market, and since it only covers
commercial television it does not
include the BBC. This is the share
of total UK television commercial
impacts which is delivered by ITV’s
family of channels. An impact is one
viewer watching one 30 second
commercial. We aim to maximise
our SOCI.

Performance
After holding SOCI flat in 2013
ITV Family SOCI was down 5% in
2014, with the main channel down
5%. Within the digital channels a
strong performance from ITV4 was
offset by a decline for ITV2 as we
repositioned the channel to provide
more targeted demographics for
our advertisers through the launch
of ITVBe.

Definition
ITV’s share of UK television
advertising revenue is known as its
share of broadcast. To maximise
revenue from our free-to-air
business, which is a key component
of Strategic Priority 1, we aim to
continue to maximise our share of
broadcast and to outperform the UK
television advertising market.

It is getting increasingly difficult
to measure the total television
advertising market as all
broadcasters have different
definitions and include sources
of revenue other than pure spot
advertising. Our share of broadcast
is based on our estimate of the pure
spot advertising market.

Performance
ITV share of broadcast increased
to 45.9% in 2014, and we saw our
strongest outperformance of
our estimate of the UK television
advertising market for five years.

Definition
A key part of our strategy is to
maximise audience share from
our free-to-air broadcast and VOD
business.

Long form video requests is a
measure of the total number of our
videos viewed across all platforms
on which ITV Player is available and
therefore provides a key measure of
how much of our content is being
viewed online.

A long form video is a programme
that has been broadcast on
television and is available to watch
online and on demand in its entirety.

Performance
Long form video requests were up
26% in 2014 to 726 million views.
The growth rate in 2014 accelerated,
up from 16% growth in 2013.
Growth in long form video requests
continued to be driven by mobile
and tablet viewing.

0
0
4

8
9
3

5
9
3

3
8
3

2
6
3

%
47

8
5
4

4
5
4

9
5
4

2
5
4

3
5
4

7
4
4

m
800

600

400

200

0
5
1

3
7
2

6
2
7

7
7
5

6
9
4

6
0
4

%
40

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Performance and Financials

Performance and Financials
Key Performance Indicators
Financial and Performance Review
Risks and Uncertainties

Non-NAR
revenue

Number of new
commissions for ITV Studios

Percentage of ITV* output
from ITV Studios

Related Priority

2 3

Definition
Growing non-NAR is key to the
strategy as we aim to rebalance the
business away from our reliance on
television advertising revenue. Non-
NAR includes all ITV revenue, both
internal and external, except NAR.

Key drivers of non-NAR are the
growth in Online, Pay & Interactive
and ITV Studios, particularly
international.

Performance
Non-NAR revenue increased by
10% in 2014 as we continue to
rebalance the business away from a
reliance on NAR. Growth was driven
by international Studios revenue,
including the acquisition of Leftfield
in the US, and from Online and Pay
revenue.

Definition
A key indicator of the creative
renewal pipeline is the number
of new commissions won. This
figure includes programmes
shown both on ITV and on other
broadcasters, and both in the UK
and internationally.

Performance
There was strong growth in the
number of new commissions for
ITV Studios in 2014, up 23% to 149.
69 of these new commissions have
come from the UK business, with
the remaining 80 coming from our
international businesses.

Definition
This represents the proportion
of the total spend on original
commissions on ITV transmitted in
the year, delivered by ITV Studios.
A key part of building a strong
international content business is
to increase ITV Studios’ supply of
programmes to ITV, where we aim
to make them famous and then sell
them around the world, benefitting
from our integrated producer
broadcaster status.

* Excludes ITV2, 3 and 4.

Performance
The percentage of ITV output from
ITV Studios has continued to grow
in 2014, up from 59% in 2013 to
60% in 2014. This improvement was
driven by an increase in factual and
entertainment programming.

£m
1,500

1,250

1,000

750

500

7
2
3
1

1
1
2
1

6
3
0
1

2
2
9

0
5
8

9
2
8

No.
160

150

140

130

120

110

100

9
4
1

1
2
1

1
1
1

3
0
1

%
60

0
6

9
5

8
5

5
5

3
5

0
5

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITV

Financial and Performance Review

We have delivered another strong performance in 2014, with
revenue growth in all parts of the business. Together with
our relentless focus on cash and costs, we are reporting our
fifth consecutive year of double digit profit growth and end
the year with a strong balance sheet providing the flexibility
to invest for further growth in 2015 and beyond.

Twelve months to
31 December

NAR
Total non-NAR
Total revenue
Internal supply
Total external supply

2013
2014
£m
£m
1,542
1,629
1,211
1,327
2,753
2,956
(364)
(366)
2,590 2,389

Change
£m
87
116
203
(2)
201

Change
%
6
10
7
1
8

EBITA before exceptionals
Group EBITA margin
Adjusted EPS
Adjusted diluted EPS
Dividend per share
Special dividend
Year end net cash

620
730
26%
28%
11.2p
13.8p
10.8p
13.7p
4.70p 3.50p
6.25p 4.00p
164

110

2.6p
2.9p
1.20p
2.25p
(123)

23
27
34
56
(75)

The profit before tax and EPS from the Consolidated Income
Statement are as follows:

Twelve months to
31 December

Profit before tax
EPS
Diluted EPS

2014
£m

605
11.6p
11.5p

2013
£m

435
8.3p
8.1p

Change
£m

Change
%

170
3.3p
3.4p

39
40
42

Total ITV revenue increased 7% in 2014 to £2,956 million
(2013: £2,753 million), with external revenue up 8% at £2,590
million (2013: £2,389 million). This reflects 6% growth in NAR
and another year of strong growth in non-NAR, up 10% to
£1,327 million (2013: £1,211 million) as we further rebalanced
the business. Non-NAR now accounts for 45% (2013: 44%) of
total revenue.

Ian Griffiths
Group Finance Director

Another year of
strong growth in all
parts of the business

“ As we enter the next phase of
our strategy we continue to see
investment opportunities to
grow the business and enhance
shareholder value.”

Pictured:
Left: Celebrity Squares with Warwick Davis averaged 2.9
million viewers and an 11.6% audience share.

Right: New series The Keith Lemon Sketch Show on ITV2
attracted 1.6 million viewers for its first episode.

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Performance and FinancialsPerformance and Financials
Key Performance Indicators
Financial and Performance Review
Risks and Uncertainties

Non-NAR revenue tracker

EBITA before exceptionals

5
3

7
8

2
2
-

7
2
3
1

£m
1,350

1,300

1,250

1,200

1,150

1
1

1
1
2
1

Dec 13

Studios
Organic

Studios
Acqui-
sitions

Online,
Pay &
Interactive

Other
Broadcast
Non-NAR

FX
Impact

Dec 14

Together with our higher margin new revenue streams and
disciplined cost control we delivered 18% growth in EBITA
before exceptionals to £730 million (2013: £620 million),
corresponding to an improved EBITA margin of 28% (2013:
26%). Overall, adjusted EPS was up 23% to 13.8p.

Through our ongoing focus on cost control and working
capital management, we delivered £15 million of cost
savings while remaining strongly cash generative. Our profit
to cash conversion ratio remained strong at 91%, despite
significant investment in scripted programming. We also
continued to take steps to improve balance sheet efficiency,
and bought back a further £62 million of debt in the year
to reduce our financing costs. Even after three acquisitions,
increased dividend payments and our pension deficit
contributions, we ended 2014 with net cash of £41 million
(2013: £164 million).

5
1

3
3

7
8

3
3

8
1
-

5
-

0
3
7

5
3
-

0
2
6

£m
760

720

680

640

600

Dec 13

NAR

Network
Schedule

Online, Pay,
Interactive
and Other
Broadcast
Non-NAR

ITV
Studios

Net
Cost
Savings

Investments

FX
Impact

Dec 14

The Financial and Performance Review focuses on the
adjusted results which, in management’s view, reflect the
underlying performance of the business, providing a more
meaningful comparison of how the business is managed
and measured on a day-to-day basis. The adjusted results
are reconciled to the reported results in the EPS section that
follows.

Adjusted profit before tax and EPS remove the effect
of items including acquisition related costs, impairment
of intangible assets, amortisation of intangible assets
acquired through business combinations, net financing cost
adjustments, restructuring costs and other tax adjustments.

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial and Performance Review continued

Broadcast & Online revenue tracker
£m
2,050

4
-

3
2
0
2

5
3

7
8

2,000

1,950

1,900

1,850

6
9
8
1

Dec 13

NAR

Online,
Pay &
Interactive

Sponsorship
&
Brand
Extensions

Other
Non-
NAR

Dec 14

Overall, we increased our share of broadcast to 45.9% (2013:
45.4%) and delivered our strongest outperformance of the
UK advertising market in five years, based on our estimate
of the pure spot market. ITV NAR increased 6% compared to
5% growth in the market, although it is increasingly difficult
to measure the market as all broadcasters use different
definitions, which may include additional sources of revenue
as well as pure spot advertising. Advertising growth was
geared towards the second quarter with increased spend
around the World Cup and, while we expect to outperform
the advertising market again in 2015 there will be
fluctuations across the year driven by major events such as
the Rugby World Cup and the timing of Easter.

Broadcast & Online
Twelve months to
31 December

NAR
SDN external revenue
Online, Pay & Interactive
Other commercial income
Broadcast & Online non-
NAR revenue
Total Broadcast & Online
revenue
Total schedule costs
Other costs
Total Broadcast & Online
EBITA before exceptional
items
EBITA margin

2014
£m
1,629
71
153
170

2013
£m
1,542
71
118
165

Change
£m
87
–
35
5

Change
%
6
–
30
3

394

354

2,023
(1,018)
(437)

1,896
(983)
(426)

127
(35)
(11)

7
4
2

568
28%

487
26%

2014 advertising category analysis

Retail
20%
Entertainment & Leisure
11%
Finance
9%
Food
8%
Cosmetics & Toiletries
7%
Cars & Car Dealers
5%
Airlines, Travel & Holiday
5%
Telecommunications
5%
Publishing & Broadcasting 4%
Household Stores
3%
Other
23%

Broadcast & Online delivered another strong performance
with revenue up £127 million to £2,023 million (2013: £1,896
million) driven by 6% growth in NAR and continued strong
growth in Online, Pay & Interactive revenue.

The advertising market showed continued improvement
in 2014 with good growth across the major advertising
categories. Retail sales were again strong, driven by
increased competition in the food retail sector as well as
growth in furniture and department stores. Entertainment &
Leisure also performed well, with increased advertising and
promotions around the World Cup. Within Food there was
good growth in the drinks, beverages and cooking product
categories, while within Airlines, Travel & Holiday there was
growth from online travel agents. Telecommunications
remained down in the year due to lower new product
launches following a strong year in 2013.

Online, Pay & Interactive revenue

£m
160

140

120

100

8
1
1

2013

0
2

3
5
1

1
1

Online
& On
Demand

Pay &
Distribution

Interactive

2014

Online, Pay & Interactive revenue increased 30% to £153
million (2013: £118 million), driven by £11 million growth in
Online and £20 million growth in Pay. In 2014 we further
improved the quality, reliability and distribution of ITV
Player, now available on over 20 platforms, which supported
continued strong growth in long form video requests,
up 26%. We also continued to develop our pay services,
renewing a number of deals in 2014 as well as launching ITV
Encore, our first pay only channel. Interactive revenue was up
£4 million due to higher income from competitions.

Pictured:
Left: Britain’s Got Talent was the most watched entertainment
series in 2014 on any channel with a series average of 10.3 million
viewers.

Right: Prey averaged an audience of 7.2 million viewers over its three
parts with an audience share of 26%.

SDN external revenue, which is generated from licence sales
for DTT Multiplex A, was in line with 2013 at £71 million. In 2014
the full year benefit of the 13th video stream, which launched
in 2013, was offset by lower renewal fees on existing video
streams, a trend likely to continue.

Other commercial income increased 3% to £170 million
(2013: £165 million), reflecting growth in sponsorship and
brand extensions as we build more value from our airtime
for both advertisers and for ITV. For example, in 2014 we sold
over 750,000 tickets for events including the Coronation
Street set tour and the Saturday Night Takeaway live tour.

Other commercial income also includes revenue from media
sales, which relates to commission earned by ITV on sales
of airtime for the non-consolidated licensees, as well as
minority revenue from these licensees for ITV content. Both
delivered revenue in line with last year.

Schedule costs were up £35 million year on year to £1,018
million (2013: £983 million) as a result of the World Cup
and also increased programming spend relating to our new
channels. In 2015 we will continue to focus on our schedule to
improve viewing share, investing in high quality content for our
existing channels as well as a full year of programming for our
new channels.

Other costs increased modestly, up 2% year on year, due to
marketing costs around our new channels as well as online
investment. We continue to manage our overheads tightly
to mitigate inflationary pressures and fund continued
investment in the business.

Overall, reflecting the strong growth in higher margin
Online, Pay & Interactive revenue, as well as good growth in
our highly geared advertising revenue, Broadcast & Online
EBITA before exceptional items was up 17% at £568 million
(2013: £487 million) while the EBITA margin increased 2% to
28%.

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial and Performance Review continued

ITV Studios
Twelve months to
31 December
Studios UK
Studios US
Studios RoW
Global Entertainment
Total Studios revenue
Total Studios costs
Total Studios EBITA
before exceptional items
Studios EBITA margin

2014
£m
459
235
95
144
933
(771)

2013
£m
456
175
91
135
857
(724)

Change
£m
3
60
4
9
76
(47)

Change
%
1
34
4
7
9
6

162
17%

133
16%

including Jekyll and Hyde, Home Fires, The Trials of Jimmy
Rose and Beowulf as well as Thunderbirds Are Go.

Studios US revenue was up 34% in 2014 to £235 million
(2013: £175 million), reflecting our acquisition of Leftfield.
Organic revenue was up 5% in the year and we expect good
organic growth to continue in 2015. We now have a strong
portfolio of successful series and formats that are returning
year after year including The Real Housewives of New Jersey,
Pawn Stars and Duck Dynasty, and we will start to see the
benefit of our investment in US drama in 2015, with three
large-scale dramas, Aquarius, Texas Rising and The Good
Witch, all due for delivery in the year.

Twelve months to
31 December
Sales from ITV Studios to
Broadcasting & Online
External revenue
Total Studios revenue

2014
£m

366
567
933

2013
£m

Change
£m

Change
%

364
493
857

2
74
76

1
15
9

In 2014 we again delivered strong revenue growth in ITV
Studios as we continue to build scale in attractive content
markets. Total revenue increased 9% to £933 million (2013:
£857 million) reflecting our purchase of Leftfield and growth
in international production and distribution as we become a
more global business. Total organic revenue, which excludes
our current and prior year acquisitions as well as foreign
exchange movements, was up 1%. A decline in Studios UK
was offset by organic growth from international productions
and Global Entertainment.

Almost half of Studios revenue is now generated outside of
the UK and, as well as being the number one commercial
producer in the UK, we are also now the largest unscripted
independent producer in the US and a leading European
distributor of television content.

Studios UK revenue was up 1% in the year and within this,
internal revenue was also up 1%. However, organic revenue
was down 4% as growth in factual and daytime was more
than offset by a reduction in drama, due to the proportion
of the ITV Broadcast programme budget allocated to the
World Cup.

In the year we successfully delivered further recommissions
as we continue to grow the number of shows in our portfolio
that return and travel. On-ITV deliveries in 2014 included Mr
Selfridge, Saturday Night Takeaway, Judge Rinder and The
Chase. Off-ITV deliveries included The Graham Norton Show
and Our Zoo for the BBC, and Come Dine With Me and 24
Hours in A&E for Channel 4. In 2015 we also expect a return
to good organic growth from our upcoming new UK dramas,

ITV Studios total revenue tracker

4
1

9
6

2
2
-

3
3
9

£m
950

900

850

800

2
1

8
1

7
5
8

5
1
-

Dec 13

Organic
UK
Produc-
tions

UK
Acqui-
sitions

Organic
Inter-
national
Productions

Inter-
national
Acqui-
sitions

Global
Entertain-
ment

FX
Impact

Dec 14

Revenue from Studios RoW increased 4% to £95 million
(2013: £91 million), reflecting our acquisition of United
Productions in Denmark as well as good organic growth, up
7% at constant currencies. In Germany programme deliveries
included Hell’s Kitchen, Quizduell and Mini Beiz, Dini Beiz, and
in France programme deliveries included Party Wars, Four
Weddings and Saturday Night Takeaway. Other international
successes delivered across our global production network
included The Chase in Norway and Big Star’s Little Star in
Finland.

Global Entertainment revenue was up 7% to £144 million
(2013: £135 million) in 2014. We continue to benefit from the
growth in our UK, US and RoW businesses as well as deeper
network relationships as we build scale.

Pictured:
The Widower averaged 7.5 million viewers and was the
second most watched new drama on any channel in 2014.

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Performance and Financials
Performance and Financials
Key Performance Indicators
Financial and Performance Review
Risks and Uncertainties

Successes in the year included Hell’s Kitchen US, Lewis and
Mr Selfridge, which have all sold to over 150 countries.
Additionally, 12 of our formats are now produced in three or
more countries including I’m A Celebrity... Get Me Out Of Here!,
The Chase, Keeping The Nation Alive, Surprise Surprise and
Saturday Night Takeaway.

As we grow our international business, foreign exchange
movements increasingly impact our reported performance.
On a constant currency basis, which assumes exchange rates
remained consistent with 2013, ITV Studios revenue in 2014
would have been £22 million higher, and EBITA would have
been £5 million higher.

While Global Entertainment has a stable core of long-running
series, its available inventory naturally expands as we produce
and acquire new content. In 2015 we expect to see good
growth in our distribution revenue from new programmes
including our US scripted dramas and Thunderbirds Are Go,
which has already pre-sold to countries including Australia,
New Zealand and Israel.

Overall ITV Studios’ EBITA before exceptional items increased
22% to £162 million (2013: £133 million) and the EBITA margin
increased by 1% to 17% as we benefitted from a higher margin
revenue mix as a result of our acquisitions as well as production
efficiencies in the year.

Overall, ITV Studios’ revenue is again expected to be up around
£100 million in 2015 on a constant currency basis. We are
increasing our investment in programming, and have produced
three high profile US dramas straight to series. Aquarius, Texas
Rising and The Good Witch have been pre-sold to US networks,
recovering part of our production investment, while the
remainder, the ‘deficit’, will be recovered as we earn revenue
from distributing the finished series globally. This increase
in drama deliveries, which are lower margin, may impact the
EBITA margin in 2015. Longer term, our strategy is to have an
ongoing portfolio with six to ten international scripted series in
production per annum.

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial and Performance Review continued

Acquisitions
In 2012, 2013 and 2014 we acquired a number of content
businesses with a focus on factual and scripted reality
producers in the US and UK, the two key markets with a track
record for creating and owning IP. These have been made
against strict strategic and financial criteria. Financially,
we look at ownership of IP, return on capital employed and
discounted cash flow. Strategically, we look at the talent,
creative pipeline and type of content to ensure it has the
potential to return and travel.

In 2012 we acquired Gurney Productions in the US, So TV in
the UK, Mediacircus in Norway and Tarinatalo in Finland. In
2013 we acquired The Garden and Big Talk Productions in
the UK along with 60% of High Noon Entertainment and
65% of Thinkfactory Media in the US. There are put and call
arrangements in place to buy the remaining minority stakes.

In February 2014 we acquired 100% of United, a Danish
producer of entertainment and reality programmes, and a
51% controlling interest in DiGa, a US independent producer
of reality and scripted programming. There is a put and call
option to buy the remainder of DiGa over three to six years,
with the total amount payable linked to the performance of
the company over that period.

In May 2014 we made the acquisition of Leftfield, a high
margin US production company. We made an initial cash
payment of $360 million for 80% and have put and call
options in place to buy the remaining 20% over three to five
years.

The total cash consideration for all acquisitions since 2012
was £328 million. We structure our deals with earnouts or
put and call options in place for the remainder of the equity,
capping the maximum consideration payable. By basing a
significant part of the consideration on future performance
in this way, not only can we lock in creative talent and ensure
our incentives are aligned, but we also reduce our risk by only
paying for the actual, not expected, performance delivered
over time.

At 31 December 2014, based on our current view of
performance, we expect to pay a further £79 million, giving
a total expected amount payable across the portfolio of
£407 million. The total maximum consideration for our
portfolio of acquisitions is £847 million, reflecting the
initial consideration of £328 million and an undiscounted
contingent consideration of £519 million, payable only if
exceptional compound earnings growth is delivered over the
payment period.

Geography Genre

Denmark Factual & entertainment
US Reality & scripted
US Reality

Company

2014
United
DiGa
Leftfield
Total for 2014
Total for 2013
Total for 2012
Total

Initial
consideration
(£m)

1
5
214
220
66
42
328

Total expected
consideration*

(£m)

4
10
233
247
93
67
407

Total maximum
consideration*
(£m)

Expected
payment
period

2018
2020
2019

2017–2021
2016–2018

5
33
504
542
204
101
847

* Undiscounted and including the initial cash consideration. All payments are performance related.

Net financing costs

Twelve months to 31 December
Financing costs directly attributable to
loans and bonds
Cash-related net financing income/ (costs)
Cash-related financing costs
Amortisation of bonds
Adjusted financing costs
Mark-to-market on swaps and foreign
exchange
Imputed pension interest
Losses on buybacks
Other net financial income
Net financing costs

2014
£m

2013
£m

(8)
2
(6)
(1)
(7)

(9)
(17)
(30)
12
(51)

(18)
(2)
(20)
(5)
(25)

(9)
(20)
(61)
–
(115)

Adjusted financing costs reduced by £18 million in the
year to £7 million (2013: £25 million), benefitting from the
redemption of the 2016 convertible bond outstanding in
2013 and the repurchase of the remaining tranche of the
2019 bilateral loan in January 2014.

Net financing costs were £64 million lower at £51 million
(2013: £115 million) in 2014. The £30 million of losses on
buybacks relate to the exceptional loss on the 2019 debt we
repurchased in January 2014, saving £44 million of future
adjusted financing costs. We also recorded net financial
income of £12 million (2013: £nil) in the year, principally
reflecting a reduction in the expected amount payable on
our acquisition portfolio.

Profit before tax

Twelve months to 31 December
Profit before tax
Exceptional items (net)
Amortisation and impairment of intangible
assets*
Adjustments to net financing costs
Adjusted profit before tax

2014
£m
605
7

56
44
712

2013
£m
435
2

54
90
581

* In respect of intangible assets arising from business combinations.

Adjusted profit before tax, after financing costs, was up 23%
at £712 million (2013: £581 million). The total tax charge for
2014 was £132 million (2013: £105 million), corresponding to
an effective tax rate on adjusted profit before tax of 21.2%
(2013: 23.4%), which is broadly in line with the standard
corporation tax rate of 21.5% (2013: 23.3%).

Tax

Twelve months to 31 December
Tax charge
Charge for exceptional items
Charge in respect of amortisation of
intangible assets*
Charge in respect of adjustments to net
financing costs
Other tax adjustments
Adjusted tax charge
Effective tax rate on adjusted profits

2014
£m
(132)
(2)

2013
£m
(105)
(1)

(12)

(10)
5
(151)
21%

(21)
3
(136)
23%

* In respect of intangible assets arising from business combinations.

Cash tax paid in the year was £85 million (2013: £67 million).
This is lower than the total tax charge for 2014 due to timing
differences arising from quarterly tax payments, the use of
losses offsetting profit and the tax treatment of allowable
pension contributions. The majority of cash tax is paid in
the UK.

EPS
Overall, adjusted profit after tax was up 26% at £561 million
(2013: £445 million). After non-controlling interests of £7
million (2013: £4 million), adjusted earnings per share was
13.8p (2013: 11.2p), up 23%. The weighted average number
of shares increased 2% to 4,002 million (2013: 3,929 million)
largely due to the issue of shares following the convertible
bond redemption in 2013. Diluted adjusted EPS in 2014 was
13.7p (2013: 10.8p) reflecting a weighted average diluted
number of shares of 4,040 million (2013: 4,111 million). Basic
EPS increased 40% to 11.6p (2013: 8.3p).

Adjusted EPS

23%
YoY

8
3
1

.
.

2
2
1
1
1
1

1
9

9
7

4
6

8
1

p
14

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial and Performance Review continued

Basic EPS is adjusted to reflect the underlying performance
of the business providing a more meaningful comparison of
how the business is managed and measured on a day-to-day
basis. Adjustments include: acquisition-related costs such as
professional fees, primarily due diligence, and performance-
based employment-linked contingent payments; impairment
of intangible assets; amortisation of intangible assets
acquired through business combinations including customer
contracts and relationships; net financing cost adjustments;
and other tax adjustments. Amortisation of intangible assets
that are required to run our business, including software
licences, is not adjusted for. The table below reconciles basic
to adjusted EPS.

Twelve months to
31 December 2014
EBITA before exceptional
items
Exceptional items
(operating)
Amortisation and
impairment of intangible
assets
Net financing costs
Gain on sale of non-current
assets and subsidiaries
(non-operating exceptional
items)
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit after tax
Non-controlling interests
Earnings
Shares (million), weighted
average
EPS

Reported
£m

Adjustments
£m

Adjusted
£m

730

(12)

(67)
(51)

56
44

(5)
107
(19)
88
–

5
605
(132)
473
(7)
466

4,002
11.6p

730

–

(11)
(7)

–
712
(151)
561
(7)
554

4,002
13.8p

Dividend per share
Reflecting our confidence in the ongoing growth and cash
generation of the business, the Board has committed to
growing the full year ordinary dividend by at least 20%
per annum for three years to 2016, by when we will achieve
a dividend cover of between 2.0 and 2.5 times adjusted
earnings per share. In line with this policy, the Board is
proposing a final dividend for 2014 of 3.3p, which equates to
a full year dividend of 4.7p (2013: 3.5p), up 34%.

In line with this approach, the Board is proposing a £250
million return to shareholders by way of a special dividend
of 6.25p.

Ordinary dividend per share

p
5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

Interim
Final

3
3

4
1

4
2

1
1

2
1

8
1

4
0

8
0

Our underlying cash generation after payments for interest
paid, cash tax and pension funding, also remained strong in
the year. Free cash flow was up 10% at £478 million (2013:
£433 million).

Net cash tracker
£m
675

8
7
4

600

525

450

375

300

225

150

0
3
-

3
1
3
-

4
6
1

4
1
2
-

3
3
-

1
1
-

1
4

Dec 13

Free
cash
ﬂow

Bond
buybacks

Dividends Acquisitions,
net of cash
acquired

Purchase
of shares
for EBT

Other

Dec 14

Overall, after dividends, acquisitions and debt repayments
we ended the year with net cash of £41 million, compared to
net debt of £201 million at 30 June 2014 and £164 million
net cash at 31 December 2013. Our cash generation was
weighted towards the second half of 2014 due to the timing
of our pension funding contribution, debt buybacks and the
significant acquisition of Leftfield, all of which took place in
the first half.

Cash generation
Profit to cash conversion

Twelve months to 31 December

EBITA before exceptional items
(Increase) in programme rights and other
inventory distribution rights
Decrease/(increase) in receivables
(Decrease)/increase in payables
Working capital movement
Depreciation
Share-based compensation and pension
service costs
Cash flow generated from operations
before exceptional items
Acquisition of property, plant and
equipment and intangible assets
Adjusted cash flow
Profit to cash ratio

2014
£m
730

(39)
18
(48)
(69)
27

2013
£m
620

(42)
(15)
42
(15)
24

702

649

(37)
665
91%

(45)
604
97%

ITV maintained its strong cash generation and tight
management of working capital balances in the year,
generating £665 million (2013: £604 million) of operational
cash from £730 million (2013: £620 million) of EBITA before
exceptional items. This equates to a strong profit to cash
ratio of 91%. The ratio has declined from 97% in 2013 as a
result of increased investment in scripted content.

Free cash flow

Twelve months to 31 December
Adjusted cash flow
Net interest paid
Cash tax
Pension funding
Free cash flow

2014
£m
665
(11)
(85)
(91)
478

2013
£m
604
(24)
(67)
(80)
433

Note: Except where disclosed, management views the acquisition of operating
property, plant and equipment and intangibles as necessary ongoing
investment in the business.

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial and Performance Review continued

Funding and liquidity
Debt structure and liquidity
In 2014 we again bought back debt to improve our balance
sheet efficiency further, repurchasing the remaining tranche
of the 2019 bilateral loan.

We also entered into a number of new financing facilities.
We obtained a committed £525 million Revolving Credit
Facility provided by a number of core relationship banks,
and also entered into a new £175 million bilateral financing
facility and agreed a new £75m invoice discounting facility,
both of which are free of financial covenants. All three
facilities were undrawn as at the year end.

As we enter the next phase of our strategy this financial
flexibility and our continued strong free cash flow will
enable us to invest in opportunities to grow the business and
enhance shareholder value.

Leverage

Twelve months to 31 December
Net cash
Expected contingent payments on
acquisitions
Pension deficit (IAS 19R)
Operating leases
Adjusted net debt
Adjusted net debt to EBITDA

2014
£m
41

(79)
(346)
(381)
(765)
1.05

2013
£m
164

(97)
(445)
(414)
(792)
1.25

Going forward our objective is to run an efficient balance
sheet, and to balance investment for further growth with
attractive returns to shareholders. Therefore we will, over
time, look to increase our balance sheet leverage. We believe
that maintaining leverage below 1.55 net debt to EBITDA
(before exceptionals) will optimise our cost of capital, allow
us to sustain our progressive dividend policy and enable us to
retain flexibility to continue to invest for further growth.

We also look at an adjusted measure of net debt, taking
into consideration all of our financial commitments. At
31 December 2014, adjusted net debt was broadly in line
with the prior year at £765 million (31 December 2013:
£792 million) reflecting a reduction in the pension deficit
under IAS 19 and lower undiscounted operating lease
commitments which mainly relate to broadcast transmission
contracts and property.

This adjusted measure, by taking into consideration all of our
financial commitments, reflects how credit rating agencies
could look at our balance sheet.

Financing
We are financed using debt instruments with a range of
maturities. Following the buyback of the 2019 loan in
January 2014, the remaining debt, other than the finance
leases, is publicly traded Eurobond debt. Borrowings at
31 December 2014 were repayable as follows:

Amount repayable
£78 million Eurobond
£161 million Eurobond
Finance leases
Total debt repayable on maturity

Maturity
Oct 2015
Jan 2017
Various

£m
78
161
17
256

Ratings
We are rated investment grade by two ratings agencies:
BBB- by Standard and Poor’s and Baa3 by Moody’s Investor
Services. The factors that are taken into account in assessing
our credit rating include our degree of operational gearing,
exposure to the economic cycle, as well as business and
geographical diversity. Continuing to execute our strategy
will strengthen our position against all these metrics.

Pensions
IAS 19
The aggregate IAS 19 deficit of the defined benefit schemes
at 31 December 2014 was £346 million (31 December 2013:
£445 million) reflecting pension funding contributions in
March and April of £91 million. An increase in the pension
liabilities, as a result of a fall in the discount rate used to
measure liabilities, was offset by asset outperformance,
primarily gilts and swaps.

Pensions continue to be paid from the Scheme based on
actual requirements.

IAS 19 Pension deficit tracker

Actuarial valuation
The last actuarial valuation was undertaken in 2011. On the
bases adopted by the Trustee, the combined deficits as at
1 January 2011 amounted to £587 million.

The Trustee is in the process of undertaking full actuarial
valuations of all three sections of the Scheme as at 1 January
2014. The Group’s deficit funding contributions will be
reviewed following the result of the valuation, expected in
Q2 2015.

Deficit funding contributions
In 2014 the group made deficit funding contributions of £91
million (2013: £80 million). We do not expect our 2015 deficit
funding contributions to exceed those made in 2014.

£m
800

600

400

200

2
7
4
-

Ian Griffiths
Group Finance Director

5
4
4
-

1
9
+

0
7
+

0
9
3
+

0
2
+

6
4
3
-

Dec 13

Deﬁcit
funding

Change in
liabilities:
decrease in
inﬂation

Change in
liabilities:
decrease
in bond
yields

Change in
assets:
investment
returns

Other

Dec 14

Pictured:
Left: The Chase averaged over 3 million viewers in 2014.
Its most watched episode attracted 4.4 million viewers
and a 23% share.

Right: The Only Way Is Essex moved to its new home in
2014 on new free-to-air channel ITVBe.

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVRisks and Uncertainties

ITV has a formal risk management process which
is embedded within the business to support the
identification and effective management of risks across
the business. It is regularly reviewed and adapted as the
Company, industry and macro environment evolves.

Our approach, which is consistent with previous years, covers
risks at all levels of the organisation and considers risks in
three core groups:
• High Impact, Low Likelihood (HILL) risks – of low
inherent likelihood but where there would be major
consequences were the risk to materialise;

• Strategic risks – would impact the successful execution

of the strategy; and

• Process level risks – embedded into everyday activity

within the organisation.

Risk management framework
and risk appetite
The Board is responsible for establishing a robust and
appropriate risk management framework and risk
management process for ITV. The Board, supported by the
Audit Committee, regularly reviews the risk management
framework, its content and its operations. This includes
reviewing the risks themselves and the mitigating actions.

The Board also reviews risk appetite to ensure ITV is carrying
an acceptable level of risk. During the year it conducted an
exercise to assess the current risk appetite of the business
and the actual risk the business takes with respect to
the following categories: financial, market, operational,
compliance and regulation, creative investment and
organisational. This is considered to be the first step towards
using risk appetite as a decision making tool and further
work will be undertaken in 2015 to enhance this process.
The Board also continues to monitor closely ITV’s specific
financial risks, including foreign exchange, borrowing levels,
interest rates and pension risks.

The Audit Committee keeps the overall effectiveness of
the risk management framework and the risk management
process under review.

Risk management process
The Management Board has responsibility for the content
and operation of the risk management framework and
performs regular reviews of all risks. In 2014 all the HILL
and Strategic risks were reassessed and further refined to
improve our risk management. As well as management
review, Process level risks are also subject to an ongoing
review by internal audit.

Risk Management Framework

HILL
risks

Strategic risks

Process level risks

High Impact, Low Likelihood (HILL)
Of low inherent likelihood but where
there would be major consequences
were they to materialise

Strategic risks
Would impact the successful
execution of the strategy

Process level risks
Embedded into everyday activity
within the organisation

Mitigating actions have been identified for all the HILL and
Strategic risks. Each Strategic risk has been mapped to at
least one of the three key strategic priorities and, where
possible, assigned key risk indicators. Where appropriate,
the key risk indicators are aligned to our key performance
indicators (KPIs) on page 34 or a subset of these KPIs. All HILL
and Strategic risks are owned by at least one member of the
Management Board.

Risk monitoring process
ITV’s risk monitoring process is embedded in the running
and review of the business. Risks are primarily controlled
through the risk management process. In addition to the risk
specific mitigating actions outlined below, risks are regularly
discussed and considered through day-to-day operations
and through a number of divisional Board and review
processes.

Internal audit plan
The internal audit plan is driven from ITV’s risk management
framework. As outlined above, management has completed
a number of activities with respect to HILL risks, Strategic
risks and Process level risks. Internal audit reviews the
auditable elements of these risks and this informs the areas
and topics that internal audit focuses on.

Pictured:
ITV2 comedy Plebs returned for a second
series in the autumn. It averaged 0.9 million
viewers, up on the previous year’s series.

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVRisks and Uncertainties continued

High Impact, Low Likelihood Risks (HILL)

Potential Risk

Mitigating Factors

Financial
ITV loses its credit status or lines
of funding with existing lenders or
there is a collapse of a major bank
impacting financial arrangements/
availability of credit.

There is a major collapse in
investment values leading to a
material impact on the pension
scheme deficit.

Operational
A significant event removes a
number of the key management
team from the business on a long-
term or permanent basis.

Reputation
An event with public interest that
causes significant reputational and
brand damage.

• The business is cash generative and working capital management remains a key

focus.

• ITV has £250 million of undrawn, financial covenant free facilities in addition to
a £525 million Revolving Credit Facility with a number of core relationship banks.

• The low gross debt levels that ITV now has should enable the Company to

obtain debt from the marketplace if needed.

• We are rated investment grade by two ratings agencies.
• There is regular communication between ITV and the pension trustees.
• The pension scheme’s assets are invested in a diversified portfolio, with a

significant amount of the fund held in bonds.

• ITV has worked with the pension trustees to limit the potential deficit by a

series of asset backed arrangements and taken risk out of the scheme with a
longevity swap.

• There is a business resilience plan in place which includes succession plans or

nominated replacements for all key positions within the Company.

• ITV has a crisis management policy in place and is increasing emphasis on its

development and application.

There is a major health and safety
incident that results in a significant
loss of human life.

• ITV has a central Health & Safety team and Health & Safety policies and

procedures are in place, with appropriate training for employees where required.
As we expand internationally these will be continually reviewed.

A major incident results in ITV being
unable to continue with scheduled
broadcasting for a sustained period.

There is a significant or unexpected
change in regulation or legislation.

• Regular inspections are undertaken at all sites, which are run alongside a
programme of Health & Safety audits. This is subject to ongoing review.

• A risk register of broadcast operations, including key outsourced functions, is in

place and reviewed on a regular basis.

• Major incident scenario testing performed in 2014.
• An incident management process has been agreed and disaster recovery plans

are in place.

• ITV regularly communicates with legislative groups, legal panels and Ofcom to

monitor potential policy and regulatory developments.

Strategic Risks

Strategic Risk

Mitigating Factors

The Market
There is a major decline in
advertising revenues and ITV
does not build sufficient non-NAR
revenue streams to offset the
financial impact of this decline.

The television market moves
significantly towards pay television
as a preferred model, negatively
impacting ITV’s free-to-air revenue.

A faster than expected shift
to Video on Demand (VOD) or
other new technologies causes
a sustained loss of advertising
revenue.

People
ITV fails to evolve its organisational
structure and culture to ensure that
it is capable of delivering continued
growth from the new businesses or
revenue streams and fails to attract,
develop and retain key creative,
commercial and management talent
with the skills required for the
ongoing business.

Strategic
Priorities

2 3

• Growing non-advertising revenue in areas such as ITV Studios
and Online, Pay & Interactive, remains a key part of the strategy.
• ITV continues to focus on cash and costs, ensuring the Company
has an adequate financial liquidity and balance sheet flexibility.

• ITV continues to support free platforms, including YouView, to

keep free-to-air strong.

• ITV looks at and evaluates the opportunities for expanding its

existing pay services and other pay offerings.

• ITV explores other platforms to understand viewing habits and

what people are prepared to pay for.

• The business continues to develop ITV Player VOD services,
maximise the distribution of ITV Player and grow its VOD
advertising business.

• ITV monitors the market for new technology and where

appropriate explores how ITV can participate.

2 3

• ITV constantly reassesses the business to create a fit-for-

purpose organisation.

2 3

• Strategic focus on working across the business to embed and

strengthen the culture of ‘One ITV’ way of working.

• ITV invests in training and development for all key colleagues in

the business.

• Succession plans are in place for all key positions within the

Company.

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVRisks and Uncertainties continued

Strategic Risks

Strategic Risk

Mitigating Factors

Organisation, Structure and Processes
There is significant loss of
programme rights or ITV fails to
identify and obtain the optimal
rights packages.

• ITV is focused on both protecting and exploiting existing rights

and ensuring that future rights generated accrue to ITV.
• ITV has a detailed model to evaluate the value of third party
rights to ensure it only buys rights that make economic sense.

ITV fails to create and own
a sufficient number of hit
programmes/formats.

• ITV maximises opportunities for ITV Studios to create

successful shows by investing in the creative pipeline and
focusing on programmes and genres that can return and
travel internationally, i.e. drama, entertainment and factual
entertainment, as evidenced by our increased investment in
scripted content.

• ITV is focused on hiring and retaining the right key creative

talent.

Strategic
Priorities

2 3

ITV fails to properly resource,
financially, creatively and
operationally, the new growth
businesses, in particular online and
international content.

ITV loses a significant volume of
personal or sensitive data.

ITV remains heavily reliant on
legacy systems, which could
potentially restrict the ability
to grow the business. These
systems and processes may not be
appropriate for non-advertising
revenue or international growth.

• Talent management plans have been developed and reviewed

to ensure adequate succession planning across ITV.

2 3

• ITV continues to embed and strengthen the culture of ‘One ITV’

way of working.

• Lessons from recent investments are captured through post

acquisition reviews.

• A Management Board sponsored Operational Risk Steering
Group is in place to ensure the appropriate management of
information security.

• Mandatory online training modules, awareness campaigns and

simplified information security policies for employees.

• Monitoring of information sharing outside of ITV.
• System requirements are kept under review with business

growth and system modernisation projects implemented as
appropriate.

• A modernisation plan is in place for the legacy systems which
remains under constant review and development to ensure
technology systems meet the needs of the business.

2 3

Strategic Risks

Strategic Risk

Mitigating Factors

Strategic
Priorities

Technology
A significant high profile incident
or series of events such as
transmission incidents or a major
regulatory breach causes significant
reputational damage.

ITV fails to ensure appropriate
business continuity planning
and resilience within its core
systems, processes, platforms and
technology infrastructure.

There is a sustained cyber/viral
attack causing prolonged system
denial or major reputational
damage, for example the ability
to broadcast our channels or the
availability of ITV Player.

• ITV has ongoing modernisation projects to ensure transmission

and distribution technologies are fit-for-purpose.

2 3

• There are disaster recovery and incident management plans

in place in high risk areas of the business to help deliver a rapid
and flexible response.

• ITV proactively manages its broadcast chain partners and

suppliers to ensure the risk of incidents and regulatory breach is
minimised.

• Disaster recovery plans are in place with tests conducted

annually on business critical systems.

2 3

• We continue to improve our ability to monitor, detect and

respond to cyber threats internally and through partnerships
with specialist security organisations.

• Mandatory online training modules, awareness campaigns and
simplified information security policies have been implemented
for employees.

• There are disaster recovery and incident management plans in
place for high risk areas of the business to help deliver a rapid
and flexible response.

• A Management Board sponsored Operational Risk Steering
Group is in place to ensure the appropriate management of
information security.

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Adam Crozier
Chief Executive

sluglineStrategic Reportar2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVPictured:
Grantchester, a six part drama, launched
with 7.7 million viewers and went on to
average 6.6 million and 24%.

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Board of Directors
Management Board
Directors’ Report and Responsibilities
Chairman’s Governance Statement
Corporate Governance
Audit Committee Report
Annual Remuneration Report
Remuneration Policy

Governance

Board of Directors

Management Board

Directors’ Report and Responsibilities

Chairman’s Governance Statement

Corporate Governance

Audit Committee Report

Annual Remuneration Report

Remuneration Policy

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernance2

Board of Directors

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Governance1

Archie Norman
Chairman

Adam Crozier
Chief Executive

Ian Griffiths
Group Finance Director

Appointed: January 2010

Appointed: April 2010

Appointed: September 2008

Committees: Nomination
(Chairman), Remuneration

Key areas of prior experience:
Business turnaround, consumer
marketing, international business
corporate finance and regulatory
affairs.

Current external appointments:
Chairman – Lazard, London and
Hobbycraft PLC; Director – Coles
Group and Target Limited; Adviser
– Wesfarmers Limited; Governor –
National Institute of Economic and
Social Research.

Previous experience: Founder
– Aurigo Management Partners
LLP; Chairman – HSS Hire Services
Group and Energis PLC; Chief
Executive and Chairman – ASDA
Group plc; Finance Director
– Kingfisher plc; Member of
Parliament. Partner - McKinsey
& Co.; Deputy Chairman and
Chief Executive - Conservative
Party; Shadow Secretary of State
- Department of Environment,
Transport and the Regions; Non-
executive Director - British Rail,
Railtrack plc and Geest plc.

Roger Faxon
Non-executive Director

Appointed: October 2012

Committees: Nomination

Key areas of prior experience:
Broad commercial, digital
and media rights experience,
development of business strategy
and finance.

Current external appointments:
Director - The John Hopkins
University, The Songwriters Hall of
Fame and Mirriad Limited.

Previous experience: Director
– EMI Group Global Limited and
EMI Group plc; Chief Executive
Officer – EMI Group Limited;
Chairman and CEO – EMI Music
Publishing, Music Choice (Digital
Cable Radio), the American Society
of Composers and Authors and
Lancit Media Entertainment Ltd in
the US; Chairman – VIVA Television
in Germany; Director – Channel V
Networks in Asia.

Committees: General Purpose

Key areas of prior experience:
Business turnaround and change
management.

Key areas of prior experience:
Corporate finance and financial
restructuring.

Current external appointments:

Non-executive Director – G4S plc.

Previous experience:
Non-executive Director –
Debenhams plc and Camelot
Group plc; Group Chief Executive
– Royal Mail Group; Chief Executive
– Football Association; Joint Chief
Executive – Saatchi & Saatchi.

Current external appointments:
Non-executive Director –
DS Smith Plc.

Previous experience: Group
Finance Director – Emap plc.
Senior finance roles held within
Emap plc including Director
of financial control and head
of finance at Emap Business
Communications; Manager - Audit
and corporate finance, Ernst &
Young.

Andy Haste
Senior Independent Director

Mary Harris
Non-executive Director

Appointed: August 2008

Committees: Audit, Remuneration
(Chairman), Nomination

Key areas of prior experience:
International and emerging
markets, change management,
restructuring and business
turnaround.

Current external appointments:
Chairman – Wonga Group Limited;
Senior Independent Deputy
Chairman – Council of Lloyds.

Previous experience: Group
Chief Executive - RSA Insurance
Group plc; Chief Executive - AXA
Sun plc; Director – AXA UK plc
(life and pensions); President
and Chief Executive Officer –
GE Capital Global Consumer
Finance UK, Western Europe
and Eastern Europe; President –
National Westminster Bank US
Consumer Credit Business; Senior
Vice President and Head – US
Consumer Loan Products Division
at National Westminster Bank.

Appointed: July 2014

Committees: Nomination

Key areas of prior experience:
Business management consulting,
sales and marketing, mergers and
acquisitions, media, television and
interactive media investments and
digital rights management.

Current external appointments:
Non-executive Director – Reckitt
Benckiser Group plc and J.Sainsbury
plc; Member of supervisory
board – Scotch and Soda NV, TNT
Express NV and Unibail Rodamco
SE; Member of Remuneration
Committee – St.Hilda’s College,
Oxford University.

Previous experience: Member
of supervisory board – TNT NV;
Member of advisory board –
Irdeto BV. Partner of McKinsey &
Company, Amsterdam; Various
positions worldwide - McKinsey &
Company, Maxwell Entertainment
Group, Pepsi Cola Beverages and
Goldman Sachs & Co.

Full biographies can be found on our website:
www.itvplc.com/about/management/board-of-directors

Board of Directors
Management Board
Directors’ Report and Responsibilities
Chairman’s Governance Statement
Corporate Governance
Audit Committee Report
Annual Remuneration Report
Remuneration Policy

Sir Peter Bazalgette
Non-executive Director

Appointed: June 2013

Committees: Nomination,
Remuneration

Key areas of prior experience:
Media consultant, digital media
investor and former television
producer.

Current external appointments:
Chairman – Arts Council of
England; Non-executive Director –
Nutopia and Mirriad Ltd; President
– Royal Television Society;
Senior Non-executive Director
and Chairman – Remuneration
Committee of YouGov plc;
Member – Audit Committee,
YouGov plc.

Previous experience: Non-
executive Director – DCMS, Base
79 Ltd, Critical Information Group
plc and Channel Four Television
Corp; Trustee – DebateMate;
Chairman – ENO and Endemol UK;
Deputy Chairman and Director
– National Film and Television
School; Adviser – Sony Music’s
television division; Chairman –
UK production business at Sony
Pictures Television Inc.

John Ormerod
Non-executive Director

Appointed: January 2008

Committees: Audit (Chairman),
Nomination, Remuneration

Key areas of prior experience:
Financial experience, developing
strategy and growth.

Current external appointments:
Non-executive Director – First
Names Group Limited and
Constellium NV; Chairman – Tribal
Group plc; Non-executive Director
and Chairman – Audit Committee,
Gemalto NV and Computacenter plc.

Previous experience: Senior
Independent Director and
Chairman – Audit Committee,
Misys plc; Trustee – Design
Museum and The Roundhouse
Trust; Non-executive Director and
Chairman – Merlin Claims Services
Holdings Limited; Non-executive
Director – Negative Equity
Protection Holdings Limited, Millen
Group Limited and BMS Associated
Limited; Member of Audit and
Retail Risk Control Committees,
HBOS plc; Chairman – Audit
Committee, Transport for London.
Practice Senior Partner - Deloitte;
Regional Managing Partner -
Arthur Andersen.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernance2

Management Board

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Governance1

Mary Fagan
Group Communications and
Corporate Affairs Director

Appointment to the Board:
January 2011

Peter Fincham
Director of Television,
Channels and Online

Appointment to the Board:
May 2008

Previous experience:
Mary joined ITV from the Royal Mail Group,
where she was Corporate and Government
Affairs Director from December 2003. A senior
City and Business journalist with more than
20 years’ experience, Mary’s previous roles
included Deputy City Editor of the Sunday
Telegraph, Industrial Correspondent for the
Independent and City Reporter at the Evening
Standard.

Previous experience:
Peter joined ITV in 2008 having previously
been the controller of BBC One. He began
his career in broadcasting at independent
production company Talkback Productions,
where he became Managing Director in 1986.
In 2000 Talkback Productions was sold to
Fremantle Media and in 2003 Peter became
Chief Executive of the newly merged company
TalkbackThames.

Kevin Lygo
Managing Director, ITV Studios

Appointment to the Board:
August 2010

Previous experience:
Before joining ITV Kevin spent much of his
career at Channel 4, most recently as Director
of Television and Content which included
responsibility for Channel 4 Group’s portfolio
of channels. Kevin’s previous roles include
Director of Programmes at Channel 5 as well
as a number of positions at the BBC, including
Head of Independent Commissioning for
Entertainment.

David Osborn
Group Human Resources Director

Appointment to the Board:
October 2014

Previous experience:

David joined ITV as the Human Resources
Director for ITV Studios in May 2011, and
was appointed to the Management Board
in October 2014 as Group Human Resources
Director, responsible for delivering the Group’s
People Strategy. David has gained previous
experience in both the UK and internationally
whilst working in a variety of businesses
including EMI Music, Vodafone, Visa Europe and
Marks & Spencer.

Kelly Williams
Managing Director, Commercial

Appointment to the Board:
December 2014

Previous experience:

Kelly joined ITV in August 2011 as Group
Commercial Director and was promoted to
the Management Board as Managing Director
of Commercial in December 2014. He is also
Chairman of the Thinkbox Board, sits on the
BARB Strategy Board and is Vice Chairman of
the Advertising Association. Before joining ITV,
Kelly was the Sales Director at Channel 5 and
prior to that held various positions at UKTV, Sky
and Thames Television.

Andrew Garard
Group Legal Director and
Company Secretary

Appointment to the Board:
November 2007

Previous experience:
Andrew joined ITV as Group Legal Director
in 2007 and took on the additional role
of Company Secretary in 2009. He is also
Chairman of ITN, and responsible for rights
management, the ITV archive and Corporate
Responsibility. Previously Andrew was a
Partner in the corporate department of
LeBoeuf Lamb’s London office. Prior to this,
Andrew was Group General Counsel and
Company Secretary at Cable & Wireless
plc where he was a member of the Group
Executive responsible for Global Legal. Prior to
that he was Global Head of Legal and Deputy
General Counsel of Reuters Group plc in the UK,
and before that, General Counsel Asia.

Simon Pitts
Managing Director, Online, Pay TV,
Interactive & Technology

Appointment to the Board:
January 2011

Previous experience:
Simon joined ITV in 2000 and has held a
range of roles across corporate strategy,
general management, digital media, policy
and regulation, and public affairs. He took
on his most recent role in December 2014
with a remit to grow ITV’s Online, Pay TV and
Interactive businesses alongside continued
leadership of the Technology Group. He also
has responsibility for SDN, sits on the boards of
ITN and YouView and is a Trustee of the Royal
Television Society. Before ITV Simon worked in
the European Parliament in Brussels where he
specialised in media issues.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceDirectors’ Report and Responsibilities

The Directors present their report together with the audited
consolidated and parent company financial statements for
the year ended 31 December 2014. The comparative period
is for the year ended 31 December 2013.

Directors
A table showing Directors who served in the year can be
found on page 70. Biographies for Directors currently in
office can be found on page 59. Further information on
the appointment process can be found in the Governance
section on page 69.

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (the
Code), each Director will retire and submit himself or herself
for election or re-election at the AGM on 14 May 2015.

On 28 July 2014 Mary Harris was appointed as a Non-
executive Director, and will seek election as a Director of
the Company at the AGM. Peter Bazalgette joined the
Remuneration Committee on 1 June 2014.

On 17 July 2014 Lucy Neville-Rolfe stepped down from the
Board.

Detail on compensation for loss of office can be found in our
Annual Remuneration Report on page 94.

No Director had any interest in any contract with the
Company or its subsidiary undertakings.

Post balance sheet events
There are no post balance sheet events to report.

Dividends
The Board has proposed a final dividend for the year ended
31 December 2014. Details of this and other dividends paid
for the year are as follows:

Interim dividend
Final dividend
Total Ordinary

Special dividend
Total Payments

2014
1.4p
3.3p
4.7p

6.25p
10.95p

2013
1.0p
2.4p
3.5p

4.0p
7.5p

The final dividend and special dividend for 2014 will be paid
on 29 May 2015 to shareholders on the register on 1 May
2015. The ex dividend date is 30 April 2015.

Share capital
Issued: At the date of this report there were 4,025,409,194
ordinary shares of 10 pence each in issue, all of which are
fully paid up and quoted on the London Stock Exchange.

Rights: The rights attaching to the Company’s ordinary
shares, as well as the powers of the Company’s Directors,

are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association. Unless
expressly specified to the contrary, the Articles may only be
amended by special resolution of the shareholders. A copy of
the Articles can be obtained from the Company’s website or
by writing to the Company Secretary.

www.itvplc.com/about/governance

Restrictions: There are no restrictions on the transfer of
ordinary shares in the capital of the Company other than
those which may be imposed by law from time to time. In
accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules
(DTRs), certain employees are required to seek approval
to deal in ITV shares. The Company is not aware of any
agreements between shareholders that may result in
restrictions on the transfers of securities and/or voting
rights.

Purchase of own shares: The Directors have the authority
to purchase up to 402.5 million of the Company’s ordinary
shares. The authority remains valid until the AGM in 2015 or
15 August 2015, if earlier.

Trusts: The Company has a discretionary employees’
benefit trust (EBT) funded by loans to acquire shares for the
potential benefit of employees. Details of shares held by the
EBT at 31 December 2014 are set out on page 158. During
the year shares have been released from the EBT in respect
of share schemes for employees.

The trustee of the EBT has the power to exercise all voting
rights in relation to any investment (including ordinary
shares) held within the EBT.

Listing Rule 9.8.4 disclosures
There are no disclosures to be made other than that the
trustee of the EBT waived their rights to receive dividends on
shares held by them which do not relate to restricted shares
held under the ITV Deferred Share Award Plan.

Substantial shareholdings
Information regarding interests in voting rights provided
to the Company pursuant to the DTRs is published on a
Regulatory Information Service and on the Company’s
website.

www.itvplc.com/investors/announcements

As at 4 March 2015, the information in the table below
had been received, in accordance with DTR5, from holders
of notifiable interests in the Company’s issued share
capital. It should be noted that these holdings are likely
to have changed since notified to the Company. However,
notification of any change is not required until the next
applicable threshold is crossed.

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014GovernanceBoard of Directors
Management Board
Directors’ Report and Responsibilities
Chairman’s Governance Statement
Corporate Governance
Audit Committee Report
Annual Remuneration Report
Remuneration Policy

At 31 December 2014

Nature of
holding

Liberty Global
Incorporated Limited

Blackrock Inc.

259,820,065

195,504,921

6.46

5.00

Direct

Indirect

Notification from Blackrock Inc. was not made in the year.

The number of shares is based on announcements made by
each relevant shareholder using the Company’s issued share
capital at that date.

Disclosures were also received from Brandes Investment
Partners LP, Madjedie Asset Management Limited and Sky
Holdings Limited during the year notifying the Company
that they no longer held a notifiable interest.

Change of control
No person holds securities in the Company carrying special
rights with regard to control of the Company.

All of the Company’s share schemes contain provisions
relating to a change of control. Outstanding awards and
options would normally vest and become exercisable on
a change of control, subject to the satisfaction of any
performance conditions and proration for time where
appropriate.

Certain of the Group’s bonds/borrowing facilities have
change of control clauses whereby the issuer can require
ITV to repay/redeem bonds in the event of a change of
control. The Company is not aware of any other significant
agreements to which it is party that take effect, alter or
terminate upon a change of control of the Company.

Financial instruments
Note 4.5 to the accounts gives details of the Group’s financial
risk management policies and related exposures.

Political donations
It is the Company’s policy not to make cash contributions
to any political party. However, within the normal activities
of the Company’s national and regional news-gathering
operations there may be occasions when an activity might
fall within the broader definition of ‘political expenditure’
contained within the Companies Act 2006. Shareholder
authority for such expenditure was given at the 2014 AGM.
However, during 2014 the Group made no payments falling
within this definition (2013: nil).

Employees
Disability
The Company gives full and fair consideration to the
employment of people with disabilities in accordance with
the Equality Act 2010.

This is reflected in an award from the
Department for Work and Pensions of a
Two Ticks Disability Symbol.

In the event of an employee becoming

disabled, it is the Company’s policy, wherever possible, to
support the individual to continue their employment or be
considered for other open positions within the business.

The Company’s employment and recruitment policy is based
on non-discrimination and equal opportunities. We are
committed to ensuring that all training, career development
and promotional opportunities are accessible and inclusive
to all and individuals with a disability are afforded the same
career opportunities for growth and progression.

A comprehensive Reasonable
Adjustment policy, disability
focused training and accessible

resource material enable the Company to build confidence
around the disability agenda to attract, develop and retain
those with a disability. We are able to draw on our own in-
house service ‘Signpost’, for additional support and guidance
around access and inclusion for particular communities.

The Company’s commitment around the disability agenda
extends beyond our legal obligations. In addition to our
corporate activities, diversity and inclusion is now factored
into the procurement of programme suppliers. For a
comprehensive outline of our activity visit our Corporate
Responsibility website.

www.itvplc.com/responsibility

Engagement
Attracting and retaining talent is critical to our success. It
is therefore in our interest to ensure that we provide the
appropriate rewards and opportunities for development so
that employees feel engaged with the Company.

In 2014 the Company carried out an engagement
campaign consisting of a series of roadshows during which
the Management Board visited ITV locations. This gave
employees an opportunity to feed back their thoughts and
concerns about the business. Engagement was reinforced
through forums such as the intranet, regular hard copy
newsletters and briefings between management and its
teams. These channels enabled employees to understand

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceDirectors’ Report and Responsibilities continued

the financial and economic factors affecting the Company’s
performance, how their role contributed towards the
execution of the strategy and how they could benefit from
Company success through involvement in employee share
schemes and information on their rights and benefits.

We have continued to measure and listen to employees
through employee surveys.

Employee engagement in 2014 was

90% (2013: 91%)

which is well ahead of the
benchmark response of 83%

>92% of respondents
said they were proud
to work for ITV

Remuneration
When the Company reviews pay it takes a number of factors
into consideration, including the need to stay competitive.
Our focus on cash and costs remains incredibly important
for the future health of our business. We need to balance
our business and financial commitments with our continuing
investment in our programming and people.

From 1 January 2014 employees received an average pay
increase of 2.75%.

The Company continues to be committed to ensuring
colleagues earn at least the Living Wage or greater. Where
appropriate we have agreed additional increases. For all
eligible colleagues on a full-time equivalent basic salary of
£60,001 or above (unless covered by a collective agreement),
pay increases are merit based, subject to performance and
based on an overall pay pot (2.75% in 2014).

In addition a bonus arrangement extends to all our
employees, providing a comprehensive and fully integrated
incentive framework which rewards everybody when the
Company is successful. The all employee bonus award for
2014 was £1,200.

The Company also operates a successful and popular
all-employee Save As You Earn scheme that encourages
voluntary investment in Company shares and a package of
voluntary benefits, which provides valuable cost savings for
both employees and the Company.

Information about remuneration for the Directors is included
in the Annual Remuneration Report on page 82 to 95.

Pensions
The Company operates a pension scheme which provides
retirement and death benefits for employees. The ITV
Pension Scheme (the “Scheme”) comprises three sections:

A, B and C. Section A includes the defined contribution
(DC) section of the Scheme. The DC section is open to new
members. The defined benefit (DB) sections are closed to
new members but are still open to future accrual.

ITV Pension Scheme Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary
of ITV plc) is a corporate trustee and manages the DB and
DC assets, which are held under trust separately from
the Company. Members of the trustee board are formally
appointed as directors of ITV Pension Scheme Limited. There
are nine directors including the chairman — five appointed
by the Company and four nominated by the members.

There is currently a vacancy for a Company appointed
director.

The trustee has four committees: Investment, Audit and
Operations, DC, and Corporate Affairs. The Corporate
Affairs Committee is convened as and when appropriate for
dealing with any corporate activities that may arise. It is the
responsibility of the trustee to have in place appropriate
training for its directors and effective committee structures.
The trustee board and each committee have a business plan
which is reviewed and updated on an annual basis, together
with the associated budget. The trustee board also has a
risk register, a conflicts of interest policy and a register of
interests policy, all of which are reviewed at least annually.

The trustee directors receive regular training throughout the
year and also have the support of various professional advisers.
The chairman and the pensions executive identify training
opportunities. Training is delivered both by attendance at
external courses and with targeted training to support specific
agenda items at the start of each trustee board meeting.
Where appropriate, longer training sessions are organised.
Comprehensive records are kept of all training completed by
each trustee director and training is discussed as part of the
trustee evaluations conducted on an annual basis.

The trustee board completes regular assessments of its
advisers and has prepared a Service Charter that outlines
the terms of the appointment and clarity on the services
provided.

On 28 March 2014, the Company and the trustee established
a Pension Funding Partnership backed by the London
Television Centre resulting in the assets of Section A (as
calculated on a funding basis) being increased by £50 million,
met by annual dividend payments of around £2 million a year
over a 24-year term and an initial payment of £2 million.

Full valuations are carried out every three years. The latest
completed actuarial valuation of all three sections of the
main DB scheme was carried out as at 1 January 2011. The

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Governance

trustee of the Scheme is undertaking actuarial valuations as
at 1 January 2014 and the outcome is expected in Q2 2015.

To encourage greater pension savings, the Government has
introduced auto-enrolment. This requires employers to enrol
all eligible individuals into a pension scheme automatically.
The requirement to comply with the auto-enrolment
regulations is being phased in with larger employers
required to comply first and medium and smaller employers
following. The Company had to comply from 2013 and has
to enrol all individuals who are contracted to work for us,
regardless of their contract type or tax status (not just our
employees).

Eligible individuals are enrolled into the ITV Auto-enrolment
Pension Plan. The plan is provided by a company called
NOW:Pensions under a master trust which is run by an
independent board of trustee directors.

that this increase could, in part, be due to a campaign
undertaken to improve awareness of the need to report lost
time incidents.

Greenhouse Gas emissions
The Company is required to report annually on the quantity
of carbon dioxide emissions in tonnes emitted as a result of
activities for which it is responsible.

All new regulatory data for the financial year ended
31 December 2014 is disclosed below for direct and indirect
emissions. Data on other emissions where available and
more information on our energy use, environmental impacts,
and how we aim to make a positive difference can be found
on our Corporate Responsibility website.

www.itvplc.com/responsibility

Pension Scheme indemnities: Qualifying pension scheme
indemnity provisions, as defined in Section 235 of the
Companies Act 2006, were in force for the financial year
ended 31 December 2014 and remain in force for the benefit
of each of the directors of ITV Pension Scheme Limited.
These indemnity provisions cover, to the extent permitted
by law, certain losses or liabilities incurred as a director or
officer of ITV Pension Scheme Limited.

Indicator
Total gross CO2e emissions
Scope 1: Direct emissions
Scope 2: Indirect emissions
Total Revenue
Emissions per unit/£m turnover

Source: Utilyx analysis of ITV data.

2014

2013 (reported
data)
40,200 (t CO2e) 43,485 (t CO2e)
17,117 (t CO2e)
11,180 (t CO2e)
29,021 (t CO2e) 26,368 (t CO2e)
£2,753m
15.8 (t CO2e)

£2,956m
13.6 (t CO2e)

For further information about pensions please see page 49
and note 3.7 on page 140.

Health and safety
The health and safety of our employees, contractors and
visitors is always a high priority. The significant loss of human
life as the result of a major incident has been identified as
a specific risk to the organisation. The Company’s Health
and Safety team continue to use a management system
that meets the specific risk profile of the business which
is communicated across the business and supported by
a comprehensive training programme. Performance
indicators for the UK are shown below.

2014

2013

Non
Staff Total Staff

Non
Staff Total

Staff

Lost time accidents
reported under RIDDOR
Specified injuries reported
under RIDDOR

In 2014 there was an increase in reported lost time
accidents. This increase was mainly as a result of a manual
handling issue where more than seven days off normal
duties was reported (six reports). Manual handling is
therefore being reviewed in 2015. It should also be noted

The latest conversion factors specified in Defra and DECC’s 2014 guidance
were used as methodology. 28% of our data consumption is based on
estimate. This is where we are the occupier of a property but do not pay the
energy bills directly. Estimates are calculated from observed ITV consumption
intensity and published benchmarks where relevant.

Risk management
Details of our High Impact Low Likelihood (HILL) and
Strategic risks and our approach to risk management are set
out on pages 50 to 55.

Likely future developments
Details on strategy are set out in our Strategic Report.

Going concern
The going concern statement is set out on page 113.

Auditor
During the year the Audit Committee considered the
performance and audit fees of the external auditor, and the
level of non-audit work undertaken. They recommended to
the Board that a resolution for the reappointment of KPMG
LLP for a further year as the Company’s auditor be proposed
to shareholders at the AGM in May 2015.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceDirectors’ Report and Responsibilities continued

Annual General Meeting
The AGM will be held on Thursday, 14 May 2015 at
11.00 a.m. at the Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre, Broad
Sanctuary, Westminster, London, SW1P 3EE. The Notice of
the AGM contains an explanation of special business to be
considered at the meeting.

A copy of the Notice is available on our website.

www.itvplc.com/investors/annual-general-meeting

Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts,
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable
and provides the information necessary for shareholders
to assess the Company’s and the Group’s performance,
business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed
on page 59, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:
• the Group accounts, which have been prepared in

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position
and profit of the Group; and

• the Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the

development and performance of the business and the
position of the Group, together with a description of the
principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

In accordance with Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006, the
Directors confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no
relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is
unaware; and each Director has taken all steps that they ought
to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware
of any relevant audit information and to establish that the
Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

The Board has conducted a review of the effectiveness of
the Group’s systems of internal controls for the year ended
31 December 2014. In the opinion of the Board, the Company
has complied with the internal control requirements of
the UK Corporate Governance Code throughout the year,
maintaining an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating,
and minimising risk. Further information is set out in the
Audit Committee Report on page 79.

By order of the Board

Andrew Garard
Company Secretary
4 March 2015

ITV plc
Registered number 4967001

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report
and the Group and parent company financial statements in
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and
parent company financial statements for each financial
year. Under that law they are required to prepare the
Group financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as
adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected
to prepare the parent company financial statements in
accordance with UK Accounting Standards.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group
and parent company and of their profit or loss for that
period. In preparing each of the Group and parent company
financial statements, the Directors are required:
• to select suitable accounting policies and then apply
• to make judgements and estimates that are
• for the Group financial statements, to state whether
they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as
adopted by the EU;

reasonable and prudent;

them consistently;

• for the parent company financial statements, state
whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have
been followed, subject to any material departures
disclosed and explained in the parent company
financial statements; and

• to prepare the financial statements on the going concern
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group
and the parent company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain
the parent company’s transactions and disclose with
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the
parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They have
general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably
open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to
prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are
also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’
Report, Annual Remuneration Report and Corporate
Governance Statement that comply with that law and those
regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and
integrity of the corporate and financial information included
on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014GovernanceChairman’s
Governance Statement

The Board’s primary responsibility is to promote the long
term success of the Company and to work with the executive
team, providing support and advice. The Board consistently
challenges processes, plans and actions and exercises a degree
of rigorous enquiry and intellectual debate. This serves to
promote continuous and sustained improvement across the
business.

The Board was substantially rebuilt in 2010 and we have
strengthened it further each year. As a result we have a
Board of high calibre individuals with a wide range of skills
and experience. We were pleased to welcome Mary Harris to
the Board in July 2014.

The Board meets regularly for scheduled Board and
Committee meetings and has a number of informal
meetings to consider specific issues. The Board interacts
frequently with senior executives and subject matter
experts. This ensures that the Board has a full understanding
of the business. In 2014, the Board continued its programme
of visiting different areas of the business.

We remain committed to sharing our business vision with
our shareholders by maintaining regular open dialogue
and effective communication. We believe that continued
engagement is highly beneficial to all parties as it helps
to build a greater understanding of our investors’ views,
opinions and concerns.

During the year an important focus has been on evolving our
strategy for the next stage of our development.

As a listed company, ITV is required to report on how it has
complied with the principles of governance set out in the UK
Corporate Governance Code (the Code). The Board considers
that the Company has complied with the provisions of the Code,
except in respect of provision C.3.1. Following the departure of
Lucy Neville-Rolfe in July 2014, the Audit Committee has only
had two members. The Board is mindful of this and is actively
seeking an additional Non-executive Director with relevant skills
and experience.

Archie Norman
Chairman
4 March 2015

Archie Norman
Chairman

“ The Board was substantially rebuilt
in 2010 and we have strengthened
it further each year. As a result
we have a Board of high calibre
individuals with a wide range of
skills and experience.”

Dear Shareholder,
The Board believes that a high standard of corporate
governance is a key contributor to the long term success of
the Company.

The Board remains committed to ensuring that good
leadership and the highest standards of corporate governance
are maintained through a combination of a robust internal
framework of systems and controls underpinned by the right
values and culture. This framework of policies and processes
is regularly reviewed against developments in the legislative,
regulatory and governance landscape.

This governance report comprises the following sections:
• How the Board works
• Effectiveness
• Relations with shareholders
• Audit Committee Report
• Annual Remuneration Report
• Remuneration Policy

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceCorporate Governance

How the Board works
Our role
The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for delivering
the long term success of the Company by:
• providing entrepreneurial leadership within a framework
of prudent and effective controls which enable risk to be
assessed and managed;

• supporting the executive team to formulate and execute

the Company’s long term objectives and strategy,
ensuring that the necessary financial and other resources
are in place for the Company to meet its objectives, and
reviewing management performance; and

• setting the Company’s values and standards and ensuring
that its obligations to its shareholders and others are
understood and met.

There is a schedule of specific matters reserved to the Board
for decision which is available on our website.

www.itvplc.com/about/governance

What we focused on in 2014

• Strategy evolution

•

International content strategy

• Pension investment strategy

• Acquisition evaluation and management

• Risk appetite, profile and mitigation

Our plans for 2015

• Broadcast strategy focusing on SOV

•

International content strategy

• Online, Pay & Interactive strategy

• Retransmission fees and the regulatory

environment

Our governance structure

Board
Chairman, two Executive Directors and ﬁve Non-executive Directors

Management Board
Executive Directors and Senior
Executives of Group functions
and divisional businesses

General Purpose
Committee
Executive Directors

Remuneration
Committee
Chairman and two
Non-executive Directors

Divisional Boards
Executive Directors and Senior
Executives of divisional businesses

Disclosure Committee
Executive Directors and other
Senior Managers

Audit Committee
Two Non-executive Directors

Details of Board membership
during 2014 are set out on
page 70.

Tax and Treasury
Committee
Group Finance Director and
other Senior Managers

Nomination
Committee
Chairman and
Non-executive Directors

Our meetings
The number of meetings held during the year and attendance
of Directors is set out in the table on page 70. The Board
agrees an annual schedule of matters it wishes to consider
at each of its meetings and those of its committees. The
schedule ensures that all relevant matters are considered and
receive appropriate attention. Meetings are normally held at
one of the London sites and at least once a year they are held
at one of the regional or international offices. Board meetings
are structured around the following areas:
• Operational and functional updates
• Financial updates
• Strategy and risk
• Progress against strategy
• Other reporting and items for approval
• Feedback from committees
Senior Executives and other colleagues are regularly invited
to attend meetings for specific items. In addition to formal
Board and Committee meetings, meetings take place
between:
• Board members and Management Board members
• Chairman and Non-executive Directors
• Senior Independent Director and Non-executive Directors

(without the Chairman present)

The diagram on page 68 shows our governance structure.

The Board has approved a formal framework for the
approval of expenditure within the Company around this
governance structure.

Who is on our Board and how
we work as a team
Composition and appointments
In July 2014 the Board appointed Mary Harris as a Non-
executive Director. Mary was selected from a number
of potential candidates. The Board felt that Mary’s
experience in business strategy as well as media, television,
and interactive media investments and digital rights
management would be an asset to the Board. Executive
search firm Russell Reynolds were engaged to assist with the
rigorous selection process. Russell Reynolds have no other
connection with ITV.

Lucy Neville-Rolfe stepped down from the Board on
17 July 2014.

Non-executive Directors
are appointed for an initial

3 year term

and are reappointed annually thereafter

As recommended by the Code, there will be resolutions to
elect or re-elect each of the Directors at the AGM in May 2015.

Non-executive Directors are expected to commit at least 18
to 20 days per annum and in practice spend considerably
more than this. The Board is satisfied that each of the Non-
executive Directors commits sufficient time to the business
of the Company. An outline of the terms of engagement for
the Non-executive Directors can be found on our website.

www.itvplc.com/about/governance

Non-executive Directors are appointed for an initial three
year term and are reappointed annually thereafter following
a formal, robust evaluation process.

During the year both John Ormerod’s and Andy Haste’s
appointments were extended for a further 12 months. John
Ormerod’s appointment was again extended in January 2015.
John Ormerod and Andy Haste have been Non-executive
Directors for over six years. The Board continues to believe
that they bring a wealth of knowledge and experience to their
deliberations and provide a valuable contribution as Chairmen
of the Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee
respectively.

Skills and experience
There are job descriptions in place for each of the Chairman,
the Chief Executive, and the Senior Independent Director
which have been agreed by the Board.

Biographical details for the Directors are set out on page 59,
with fuller biographies available on our website.

www.itvplc.com/about/management/board-of-directors

The Board is still of the view that the Non-executive Directors
are independent in both character and judgement. They
constructively challenge and help develop proposals on strategy,
scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed
goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance.

The Board works well together, bringing strong,
independent, balanced judgement, knowledge and
experience to its deliberations. Each Non-executive Director
has appropriate skills and experience so that their views
carry significant weight in the decision making.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernance
Corporate Governance continued

Board and Committee membership and attendance at meetings in 2014
Scheduled meetings are shown in black and ad hoc meetings are shown in orange.

Status

Notes

Date of appointment
to the Board

Time
in
office
Y/M

Contract renewal
date

1 June 2016

n/a

Peter Bazalgette
Adam Crozier
Roger Faxon

Independent
Executive
Independent

1
2

1 June 2013

1/8
26 April 2010 4/10

31 October 2012

2/4 31 October 2015

Ian Griffiths

Mary Harris

Executive

Independent

2 9 September 2008

6/5
28 July 2014 0/7

n/a

28 July 2017

Independent
SID

Andy Haste
Lucy Neville-Rolfe Independent
Independent
Chairman
Independent

Archie Norman
John Ormerod

11 August 2008 6/6 11 August 2015

4
5 3 September 2010

n/a

1 January 2010
18 January 2008

5/2 1 January 2016
7/1 18 January 2016

Nomination
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Audit
Committee

Board

10
10
10

9
7

10
10

1
–
1

–

1
0

1
1

3
–
–

–

6
–

6
6

1
–
–

–
–

1
–

1
1

–
–
–

–

5
2

–
5

–
–
–

–
–

2
1

–
2

1. Peter Bazalgette was appointed to the Remuneration Committee on 1 June 2014 and so did not attend the three meetings held prior to his appointment.
2. Executive Directors have rolling service contracts that provide for 12 months’ notice on either side. For more details see page 94.
3. Mary Harris was appointed to the Board on 28 July 2014. Seven of the ten scheduled Board meetings were held prior to her appointment.
4. Andy Haste did not attend a scheduled Board meeting on 30 September 2014 due to other Board commitments.
5. Lucy Neville-Rolfe stepped down from the Board on 17 July 2014.

Our committees
The Board has delegated certain responsibilities to its
committees. The terms of reference for each committee are
reviewed annually and the current versions are available on
our website.

www.itvplc.com/about/governance

Audit Committee
See the Audit Committee Report on page 75.

Remuneration Committee
See the Annual Remuneration Report on page 82.

Nomination Committee
This committee is composed of the Non-executive Directors.

The role of the Nomination Committee is to:
• review the structure, size, and composition of the Board,

including skills, knowledge and experience;

• identify and nominate for Board approval candidates to

fill Board vacancies;

• consider succession planning for Directors and other

Senior Executives; and

• consider and review any conflicts of interest that may be

reported by the Directors.

In addition to considering matters under its terms of
reference, the Committee considered candidates for a
Non-executive Director appointment. Further details are
set out in the Composition and Appointments section on
page 69. The Committee also reviewed a detailed succession
planning framework and undertook an annual review of
conflicts of interest.

Full details of attendance at committee meetings can be
found in the table above.

The Company also has the following committees:

General Purpose Committee: the Committee is composed
of the Executive Directors. The Committee meets as
required to conduct the Company’s business within the
clearly defined limits delegated by the Board and subject to
those matters reserved to the Board.

Disclosure Committee: the Committee is composed of
the Executive Directors and other members of the senior
management team. The function of the Committee, in
accordance with the Company’s Inside Information Policy, is
to ensure compliance with continuing obligations under the
Disclosure and Transparency Rules and the Listing Rules.

Tax and Treasury Committee: the Committee is composed
of the Group Finance Director and other senior managers
from Tax, Treasury, Finance and Legal. The function of the
Committee is to consider and approve (in line with authority
delegated by the Board) tax and treasury-related matters in
respect of corporate transactions or activities such as bank
account management, borrowings, acquisitions, financing
and hedging transactions, intercompany transactions,
incorporation/liquidation of Group subsidiaries and
guarantees. In addition, the Committee has a monitoring
role over general compliance with tax and treasury related
policies and procedures.

Effectiveness
Evaluation
In 2012 the Board’s effectiveness was externally reviewed
by YSC, a global firm of business psychologists. One of the
outcomes was an ongoing programme facilitated by YSC.
The review focused on roles and responsibilities, culture,
balance of skills and experience, diversity, how the Board
works together and how effective the Directors are in
assisting the executive team in achievement of the strategy.

YSC have also been involved in supporting the review of
the Board make-up and composition. They have no other
connection with the Company.

The work of the Board and its committees is reviewed
annually with the support of the Company Secretary. In
2014 particular focus was on the effectiveness of our board
committees.

In accordance with the Code the Chairman will be
undertaking an externally facilitated board and committee
evaluation in 2015.

Succession planning and diversity
Board tenure
All Directors are required by the Company’s Articles of
Association to be elected by shareholders at the first AGM
following their appointment by the Board. Subsequently, all
Directors are subject to annual re-election by shareholders
as recommended by the Code.

0–2 years
25%

2–4 years
12.5%

4–7 years
62.5%

Succession planning
The Board has agreed a succession planning framework to
ensure that:
• Board tenure is appropriate and encourages fresh

thinking and new ideas;

• the Board is sufficiently diverse but most importantly has
the appropriate mix of generalist and specialist skills; and

• Non-executive Directors have the appropriate level of
independence, from the executive and each other.

The Board keeps this under constant review.

When planning succession within the Company
consideration is given to emergency cover together with
medium and long term succession. There is particular
emphasis on growing the internal leadership pipeline
through the launch of the following key programmes:

Executive Development Programme

Next generation potential Board successors, giving them
an opportunity to develop their management potential
and gain a greater understanding of the business.

Developing Future Leaders Programme

Delegates selected from across the business identified
as a result of the performance review process. Content
includes understanding what it means to be a leader at
ITV, how to manage performance effectively, coaching
skills and change management.

Graduate Programme

Apprentice Programme

A comprehensive portfolio of development courses and
workshops for all colleagues which address common
development needs is in place.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceCorporate Governance continued

• receive information about the Company’s corporate
governance practices and procedures and the latest
financial information about the Group; and

• are advised of their legal and other duties and obligations

as a director of a listed company.

This is supplemented by visits to key locations, including
studios and regional sites, and meetings with key senior
executives and with major shareholders where appropriate.

The key stages of the induction programme are:

Stage 1

Provision of documents

Stage 2

Meeting with Chief
Executive and Group
Finance Director

Meetings with
Non-executive Directors

Meetings with
Management Board
members and other
Senior Executives

Stage 3

Site visits

Duties of a director,
Board procedures, Board
and strategy papers and
corporate governance

Business overview,
strategy, current trading and
key commercial issues

Open discussion forums

Commercial issues
and projects

Understanding
of the business and
operations

Additional specific induction programmes are in place when
Non-executive Directors join committees.

Diversity
It is our policy to retain a strong but relatively small Board
bringing a balance of in-depth commercial and creative
experience. It continues to be the Board’s intention to
increase the diverse make-up and representation as
opportunities arise, but given the size of the Board specific
formulaic targets are not appropriate.

Diversity within the organisation is integral to achieving
our business aims. Reflecting the demographics of our
customers and understanding their needs ensures that
our brand, services and products are accessible, inclusive
and have wide appeal. The Company’s aim is to represent
modern Britain both within the organisation and across
our products and services. Year-on-year progress has been
achieved in working towards this target. Key activity in 2014
included:
• Introduction of the Social Partnership. A framework for
all programme suppliers that outlines ITV’s expectations
when it comes to diversity and inclusion within both the
workforce and programme content.

• Sustaining programme portrayal monitoring across 75%
of our programmes. ITV is also sharing best practice and
leading on the technical development of a pan-industry
monitoring process to capture diversity data and areas for
improvement across the industry’s supply chain.

• Continuation of programmes and initiatives to develop
minority talent such as our ‘Breaking through Talent’
and ‘Original Voices’ scheme in drama to our continued
support of the inaugural Asia Media Awards.

• Continued Chairmanship (Adam Crozier) of the Creative
Diversity Network. The industry’s network looks at joint
action and responsibility for addressing representation
and inclusion across the industry.

Induction
The Company has a policy and programme for induction
and continuing professional development of Directors. On
appointment, each Director takes part in a comprehensive
induction programme where they:
• receive information about the Group in the form of

presentations by Executives from all parts of the business
and on the regulatory environment;

• meet representatives of the Company’s key advisers;
• receive information about the role of the Board and the
matters reserved for its decision, the terms of reference
and membership of Board committees and the powers
delegated to those committees;

Continuing professional development
During their period in office, the Directors are continually
updated on the Group’s businesses and the competitive and
regulatory environments in which they operate. This is done
through:
• updates and papers which cover changes affecting the

Group and the market in which it operates;

• meetings with senior executives across the Group and key

advisers;

• regular updates on changes to the legal and governance
requirements of the Group and in relation to their own
position as Directors; and

• presentations given at board and committee meetings
on business matters and technical update sessions from
external advisers where appropriate.

As part of their professional development Executive
Directors may accept external appointments as Non-
executive Directors of other companies and retain any
related fees paid to them. Details of positions held and fees
received by Executive Directors in 2014 can be found on
page 94.

Conflicts of interest
The Board has delegated the authorisation of conflicts to
the Nomination Committee and has adopted a Conflicts of
Interest Policy.

The Board has considered in detail the current external
appointments of the Directors which may give rise to a
situational conflict and has authorised potential conflicts
where appropriate.

This authorisation can be reviewed at any time but will
always be subject to annual review. The Board is confident
that these procedures operate effectively.

Insurance and indemnities
The Company maintains liability insurance for its Directors
and officers which is renewed on an annual basis. The
Company has also entered into deeds of indemnity with
its Directors. A copy of the indemnity can be found on our
website.

www.itvplc.com/about/governance

Relations with shareholders
The Board attaches a high priority to effective
communication with shareholders and has regular and open
dialogue with investors. The Board believes that continued
engagement with shareholders is beneficial to both ITV and
its stakeholders as it helps to build a greater understanding
of investors’ views, opinions and concerns. Adam Crozier,
Ian Griffiths and our investor relations team meet with
many institutional investors throughout the year to keep
them updated on the Company’s performance against our
strategy. These range from one-to-one meetings to group
presentations including the Full Year and Interim results and
the AGM. Specifically, following the Full Year and Interim
results one-to-one meetings are held with our largest
institutional investors.

The Chairman also responds to shareholder queries and
holds meetings where appropriate.

The Company maintains a programme of engagement with
the investment community, including results presentations,
briefings to brokers and other sales forces and attendance at
a number of investor conferences.

Presentations given to the
investment community are available
to download from our website

www.itvplc.com/investors

We regularly seek feedback on the perception of the
Company amongst shareholders and the investor
community more broadly via our corporate brokers. Investor
comments are fed back to the Board and its committees
regularly.

Private shareholders represent more than 92% of our
shareholders, holding 2.93% of our shares. We encourage
shareholders to register their email addresses to receive
information from us in a timely manner.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernance
Corporate Governance continued

AGM
The AGM will be held on Thursday, 14 May 2015 (further
details can be found on page 65). The Notice of Meeting
sets out the resolutions being proposed. The Notice,
together with any related documents, is made available to
shareholders on our website or is mailed to them, if they
have elected to receive hard copies, at least 20 working days
before the meeting. Last year all resolutions were passed.
Details of the votes cast on each resolution are on our
website.

www.itvplc.com/investors/annual-general-meeting

In 2014 the meeting was attended by 125 shareholders.
Shareholders are invited to meet the Directors prior to
and after the formal proceedings. At the meeting the
Chairman and Chief Executive will review the Group’s current
trading which is followed by a question and answer session.
Separate resolutions are proposed on each substantially
separate issue and all resolutions are taken on a poll. The
level of votes lodged on each resolution is made available
on a regulatory information service and on the Company’s
website as soon as possible after the meeting.

www.itvplc.com/investors/annual-general-meeting

Shareholders who are not able to attend the meeting can
vote online in advance via our website or by completing and
returning a form of proxy.

Save in exceptional circumstances, all members of the Board
will attend the AGM.

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014GovernanceAudit Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,
On the following pages we set out the Audit Committee’s
Report for 2014. The report comprises four sections:
• How the Committee works
• What we focused on in 2014
• Internal controls
• Our auditors
This is our second year of providing more extensive reporting
on the work of the Committee. In addition to providing a
general overview of the scope we have sought to identify
areas of particular focus in the year. These include:
• Acquisitions: we have continued to invest in our production

business in particular outside the UK. The Committee engages
at an early stage with all significant potential acquisitions.
We review with management the approach to due diligence
and review the results of that work prior to submission to the
Board. We consider carefully the appropriate accounting for
arrangements which are designed both to incentivise creative
talent and manage financial risk.

• Investment in programmes: in line with our strategy
we have started to invest in production of high end
drama both in the UK and the US. These projects carry
some increased financial risks, primarily because the
production cost is only partially covered by pre-selling to
the network, leaving a “deficit” which we seek to recover
through international distribution. The Committee
considers the appropriate accounting for the investment
and subsequently reviews management’s assessment of
the carrying value of the assets.

• Technology: technology is key to our competitive

success in areas such as online but also to improving our
operational efficiency. The Committee has continued to
review the plans and controls over technology change
and for maintaining control in areas where legacy systems
continue to operate.

We continue to focus on financial reporting judgements and
disclosure and in challenging management to develop controls
to anticipate future opportunities and risk. Management
is committed to continuous improvement. For example in
2014, a Tax and Treasury Committee was established to
which I am invited and I attended one of its early meetings.
New procedures are also being implemented to improve the
coordination of risk management across the business.

Since Lucy Neville-Rolfe left the Board we have been a
Committee of two. This is not ideal and the Nomination
Committee is looking to strengthen the Committee’s
membership in 2015.

We seek to respond to shareholders’ expectation of audit
committee reporting and would welcome feedback.

John Ormerod
Chairman, Audit Committee
4 March 2015

John Ormerod
Chairman, Audit Committee

“ We continue to focus on financial
reporting judgements and
disclosure and in challenging
management to develop controls
to anticipate future opportunities
and risk.”

In this report . . .

The purpose of this report is to highlight areas that the
Committee has reviewed during the year, reporting
back to shareholders the significant financial reporting
issues and judgements made in connection with the
preparation of the Company’s financial statements.
The report also notes any areas or specific topics,
such as risk, that the Committee has reviewed. Also
highlighted is how the Committee has assisted the
Board in reviewing the Company’s internal control
environment, and what the Committee has done to
review the effectiveness of both internal and external
auditors. The report describes what the Committee
does, and what processes and controls are in place
to help ensure that the Annual Report presents a fair,
balanced and understandable view of the business.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceAudit Committee Report continued

Our role
The role of the Committee includes to:
• monitor the integrity of the published financial

information of the Company;

• review and report to the Board on the significant
financial reporting issues and judgements made in
connection with the preparation of the published
financial information of the Company (having regard
to matters communicated by the auditor);

• review the consistency of, ongoing appropriateness
of, and changes to, accounting policies and consider
the methods used to account for significant or
unusual transactions;

• review the effectiveness of the internal control and

risk management processes;

• review the Company’s whistleblowing process;
• review and approve the internal audit plan;
• monitor and review the effectiveness and
independence of the internal audit function;

• monitor and review the effectiveness of

management in addressing internal and external
audit actions;

• review the quality and effectiveness of the external
audit and the procedures and controls designed to
ensure auditor independence;

• consider and make recommendations to the Board
in relation to the appointment, reappointment,
replacement, and remuneration of the Company’s
external auditor; and

• where requested by the Board, provide advice on
whether the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as
a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and
provides the information necessary for shareholders
to assess the Company’s performance, business
model and strategy.

The Committee’s terms of reference can be accessed on
our website .

www.itvplc.com/about/governance

Who is on the Committee

The Committee is composed entirely of
Non-executive Directors. The current members are:
• John Ormerod (Chairman)
• Andy Haste
Lucy Neville-Rolfe stepped down from the Board and
as a member of the Committee on 17 July 2014.

Full details of attendance at Committee meetings can
be found on the table on page 70.

How the Committee works
Whilst the Committee members have between them a
wide range of business and financial experience we are
mindful that membership of the Committee needs to be
strengthened, which is being addressed. The Committee
considers that John Ormerod has recent and relevant
financial experience for the purposes of the Code.

The Chief Executive, Group Finance Director and internal and
external auditors attended meetings during the course of
the year at the invitation of the Chairman of the Committee.
Members of the Management Board and other senior
management have attended certain meetings by invitation.
The Committee as a whole has regular private sessions
with both internal and external auditors and also, when
appropriate, with the Group Finance Director.

In addition, throughout the year the Chairman of the
Committee has individual sessions with the other
Committee member and meets informally, and has open
lines of communication, with the Group Finance Director,
Head of Internal Audit and the senior engagement team
from the external auditor. This group generally meets ahead
of each full Committee meeting to prepare and identify key
areas for consideration.

The Committee works to a structured programme of
activities with agenda items focused to coincide with key
events of the annual financial reporting cycle, themes or
areas of risk that the Committee has identified, together
with standing items that the Committee is required to
consider regularly under its terms of reference. Reports
are provided by management, internal audit, and external
audit, addressing the key risks and reporting matters faced
by the Group. Following each meeting the Committee
communicates its main discussion points and findings to
the Board.

In addition to formal meetings, from time to time,
Committee members have informal briefings on topics
relevant to the Committee’s work from members of the
operational and financial management teams and external
auditor.

In reviewing the various topics on its agenda the Committee
members receive input from management, internal
audit and external audit as appropriate. Committee
members draw upon this and their own experience to
provide a constructive challenge to the judgements made
by management and consider alternative scenarios or
accounting treatments in reaching their conclusions.

What we focused on in 2014
In planning its own agenda, and reviewing the audit plan
of the internal and external auditor, the Committee takes
account of significant issues and risks, both operational
and financial, likely to impact on the Company’s financial
statements. The Committee also addresses specific queries
referred to it by the Board or Remuneration Committee.

An annual review of the performance of the Committee
was conducted for the year. In addition to feedback from
members of the Committee, input was sought from the
Group Finance Director, external auditors, Internal Audit and
the Chairman of the Board. Overall, the review concluded
that the Committee is responding appropriately to its terms
of reference and will continue to develop its role.

Below is a summary of some of the more significant risks
and issues discussed in the year by the Committee.

During 2014 there were no topics where there was
significant disagreement between management, our
external auditor and the Committee, or unresolved issues
which needed to be referred to the Board.

Financial reporting
As part of the Committee’s review of the Interim and Full
Year financial statements, the following were discussed:

Complex discrete transactions in the year
The Group completed certain transactions during the period
which were outside the normal course of business. The
Committee carefully reviewed these one-off transactions
to ensure that the judgements applied by management
were reasonable and any complex accounting guidance
followed correctly. The topics discussed in the year covered
acquisitions and strategic investments.

Acquisition accounting for Leftfield (see note 3.4 for
details of acquisitions): following the acquisition of
Leftfield, the Committee ensured consistency in application
of principles to previous deals and reviewed the treatment
and presentation of performance-related commitments
between ITV and the sellers:
• Consistent application of acquisition accounting: as
part of the review of the acquisition of Leftfield, the
Committee reviewed the areas of judgement applied
by management around control, the valuation of
intangibles, and the put option valuation. The Committee
concluded that the assumptions and judgements taken
by management were on a basis consistent with previous
acquisitions and IFRSs.

• Performance-related consideration: the Leftfield

acquisition structure allowed for a further amount payable
(‘top up payment’) or receivable (‘performance adjustment’)
based on stretching performance of the business in the
two years following acquisition. Structuring the deal this
way helped manage risks in terms of initial capital outlay
and created a joint incentive between ITV and the previous
owners to grow the business. At the year end management
considered it appropriate to include a performance
adjustment in the goodwill calculation. The Committee
discussed management’s analysis for adjusting goodwill
rather than the income statement and the Committee
concluded that management’s analysis was fair.

Strategic investments: during the year management
acquired small equity interests in four different businesses.
Although the total investment value is not significant, the
Committee considered it important to discuss whether
as a result of the investment the Group had significant
influence over these businesses. This determines whether
an acquisition is treated as an associate or as an investment.
The Committee debated management’s role in the
business operations of the investment, and concluded that
management’s analysis and treatment as an investment was
appropriate.

Recurring transactions in the year
There are a number of areas where the Group transacts
as part of its business as usual. However, these areas may
require the application of judgement by management or
have underlying complexity that should be considered on an
ongoing basis by the Committee.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceAudit Committee Report continued

Consequently, the following key topics are reviewed by
the Committee:

Revenue: every year the Committee considers
management’s assessment of the Group’s internal controls
framework, which includes control over revenue. In 2014
the Committee requested an internal audit exercise to
specifically review the risks and controls surrounding each
of the Group’s main revenue streams, including NAR and ITV
Studios revenue. The Committee reviewed Internal Audit’s
findings and agreed that the Group’s processes and controls
around existing revenue streams have remained consistent
and effective during the year.

Deal debt: deal debt is where management provides for
over/under delivery of advertising value to agencies. The
Committee reviews management’s approach and method of
determining the provision required and ensures consistency
is applied in estimating inputs. The Committee is satisfied
that the provision has been calculated on an appropriate
and consistent basis with prior years.

Other topics also reviewed during the year included:

Royalty accruals: the Group is required to make royalty
payments for content broadcast and distributed where we
do not own all the rights. Such payments are in accordance
with individual contracts, and the large variety of terms
results in a complex and manual process. After an annual
review of processes and controls, the Committee was
satisfied with the improvements management continues
to make in the controls over royalty payments and as with
previous years, the Committee considered the estimated
accrual to be reasonable.

Deficit financing: as part of management’s strategy to
expand its content portfolio, significant investment in
high end drama was made during the year. The Committee
has reviewed and considered the accounting implications,
including revenue recognition and recoverability of the
deficits invested. The Committee concluded that the
accounting treatment was appropriate.

Pension accounting: the Group’s defined benefit pension
scheme is a significant net liability on the Group’s balance
sheet (see note 3.7) and the value of the scheme liabilities
will fluctuate due to changes in underlying assumptions
(and the assets are held at market value). The main
assumptions which drive the fluctuations in liabilities
include the forecast bond yield rates and the forecast
inflation rate. The Committee considered both the process
management undertook to finalise the assumptions, and
how these assumptions benchmark against the market. The
Committee concluded that the process was robust and the
resulting calculation appropriately balanced.

Tax: the Group recognises certain provisions and accruals
in respect of tax. The Committee debated the nature and
key risks which give rise to corporate tax, payroll and VAT
issues, and discussed the activities when management
undertakes to resolve the matters that give rise to such
provisions. Where support from our tax advisers is received,
the results and views of their work are also reviewed. The
Committee concluded that the provisions at the year end
were appropriate (see note 2.3).

Identification of Cash Generating Units (CGU): every year
the Committee considers management’s identification of
CGUs for the purposes of testing for impairment of goodwill.
Following the additional acquisitions made by ITV Studios
during 2014, the Committee debated how assets and
resources are shared across the ITV Studios division and the
level of integration within the management structure for
the purposes of reporting and strategic decision-making.
The Committee concluded that a single ITV Studios CGU
continued to be appropriate.

Risk management
The Committee continued to consider the process for
managing risk within the business.

HILL
risks

Strategic risks

Process level risks

Every year the Board and senior management
review and challenge the Group’s High Impact
Low Likelihood (HILL) risks, and the Strategic risks.
Each risk is assigned an owner and has a series
of mitigating actions identiﬁed.

An updated list of risks is included within the Strategic
Report on pages 50 to 55.

For the Group’s HILL risks the Committee reviewed the
Group’s current level of exposure and considered the
appropriateness of the mitigating actions being taken by
management.

The Committee also considered management’s response
to strategic risk, including the level of assurance provided
around the risk and how the risk is tracked using key risk
indicators. With regard to process risks the Committee
reviewed how effective management was in addressing the
findings of internal and external audit, as well as the method
by which management accepted process risks.

The Committee has in place a rolling programme to review
key compliance and other risk.

The Committee was comfortable with the processes in place
for risk management, that the Internal Audit plan for 2015
was aligned to the highlighted risks and with those process
risks that have been accepted.

Internal Controls
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s
systems of internal control and for regularly reviewing the
effectiveness of those systems. The Committee assists the
Board in reviewing the Group’s systems of internal control.
The primary responsibility for the operation of these
systems is delegated to management. Such systems can
only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against
material misstatement or loss. Key control procedures are
designed to manage rather than eliminate risk and can be
summarised as follows:
• Strategy and financial reporting: the strategy is

reviewed and approved by the Board. The Group performs
a comprehensive annual strategy review and a rolling five
year financial planning exercise. The five year plan feeds
into the annual budget cycle. The Executive Directors
review formal forecasts, detailed budgets, strategies and
action plans and the Board approves the overall Group
budget as part of its normal responsibilities. The results
of operating units are reported monthly, along with an
update of the Group’s performance against strategic KPIs
and cash. Actual results are compared to budget and
forecasts, and key trends and variances are explained and
analysed.

• Organisational structure and authorisation procedures:
the Group has an established organisational structure
with clearly stated lines of responsibility, approval levels
and delegated authorities.

• Risk identification and assessment: management is
responsible for identifying the risks facing the business
and for establishing controls and procedures to monitor
and mitigate those risks.

• Risk appetite and management: the Board is

responsible for establishing risk appetite and a robust
risk management process and for regularly reviewing the
identified risks. The Committee keeps the effectiveness
of the process under regular review.

• Control environment: financial controls, policies and

procedures are considered as part of the Group’s ongoing
risk assessment process. These controls are reviewed
to ensure risks are identified and the processes and
procedures are in accordance with and aligned to the
strategy. The Internal Audit team provides objective
assurance as to the effectiveness of the Group’s systems
of internal control and risk management, reporting to
both the Management Board and the Committee.
• Reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of
internal controls: controls are monitored by senior
management, internal audit and the Committee.
Remedial plans are put in place where controls are weak
or there are opportunities for improvement. Serious
control weaknesses (if any) are reported to the Board and
action taken as appropriate.

• Post-acquisition review: when introducing the Group’s
procedures and control environment to an acquisition,
management is responsible for ensuring that key areas of
governance are implemented and that operational and
financial processes are aligned to the Group. A full post-
acquisition review is presented to the Committee in the
year following the acquisition.

• Data analytics: the Group has a suite of automated

analytics tests that enables the Group to continuously
highlight exceptions from the norm over its transactional
financial data. The analytics have been expanded and
have contributed to a stronger and more efficient control
environment.

Technology Risk
As we execute our strategy the technology infrastructure
has to evolve to support new revenue streams. Legacy
systems supporting the existing business remain in place.
It therefore remains important to have an effective
technology governance framework that seeks to address the
risks arising from the above environment.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceAudit Committee Report continued

As part of ongoing governance the Committee reviewed
cyber security, which is a priority as the frequency and
sophistication of attacks increases. In 2013, management
initiated a review of cyber security within ITV which
highlighted a number of areas to enhance our controls and
readiness. In 2014 Internal Audit assessed progress against
agreed recommendations and evaluated that relevant
progress had been made. This will continue to be an area
of focus for management and the Committee in 2015 and
beyond.

Whistleblowing
ITV has arrangements in place that enable employees to
raise concerns in confidence about any possible risks to
employees, clients or the Company. In 2014 ITV asked the
whistleblowing charity Public Concern at Work to carry
out an independent review of these arrangements and it
was concluded that they were proportionate and allowed
independent investigation of matters raised and for follow-
up action to be carried out. ITV became a signatory to The
First 100 campaign which seeks to champion enlightened
organisations who are committed to ensuring that their
arrangements meet best practice.

Our auditors
Internal auditor
The Group’s internal audit activity is outsourced to Deloitte
who report directly to the Committee. The Committee keeps
under review the internal audit relationship with Deloitte
and the procedures to ensure appropriate independence of
the internal audit function is maintained. In particular, the
Committee has approved guidelines in relation to other
advisory and consultancy work that Deloitte may undertake
for the Company, which adheres to the underlying principle
that they cannot implement controls that they audit. Other
services provided by Deloitte included tax and corporate
finance advice.

Until November 2014, Deloitte were the Group’s
Remuneration Committee advisers. Following a review, FIT
Remuneration Consultants were appointed as advisers.

The effectiveness of internal audit is assessed over the year
using a number of measures which include (but are not
limited to):
• an evaluation of each audit assignment completed using
feedback from the part of the business that has been
audited; and

• a high level annual review that is completed by obtaining
feedback from senior management in each division.

At the start of the year the Committee considered and
approved the internal audit plan, which included audits
across the Group as well as assurance over live projects.
During the year the Committee reviewed findings from
these internal audit reports, the actions taken to implement
the recommendations made in the reports and the status of
progress against previously agreed actions. All internal audit
reports are available to the Committee as required.

External auditor
Auditor engagement
Throughout the year the Committee received reports from
the auditor (KPMG) on their plans and the progress and
results of their work.

The Committee considers carefully the scope of planned
work and the assessment of risk and materiality on
which it is based. In particular through the Chairman the
Committee participates in the negotiation of the audit fee
arrangements to ensure that there is an appropriate balance
between the scope of work and the cost of assurance. The
Committee’s aim is to support a robust and effective audit
and strong reporting lines to the Committee.

In 2012 the Committee conducted a tender process for
external audit services, the main outcome of which was the
reappointment of KPMG, and a plan for the development of
the external audit approach over a two to three year period.
The Committee continues to monitor the implementation
of these changes.

Having recommended the reappointment of KPMG in
2012 following a competitive tender the Committee does
not propose seeking further competitive proposals in
2015. However the Committee will monitor the upcoming
changes in regulation for auditor appointments and, once
we understand how the EU Regulations will be implemented
in the UK, we will comply with any applicable new
requirements.

Auditor effectiveness
Audit quality is reviewed throughout the year with the focus
on: strong audit governance; the firm’s methodology and
its effective application to ITV; robustness of challenges and
findings on areas which require management judgement;
and the quality of the senior members of the audit team.

In particular, the effectiveness of the audit is assessed over
the year using a number of measures including (but not
limited to):
• reviewing the quality and scope of planning of the audit
and its responsiveness to changes in our business;

• implementation of planned improvements;
• monitoring the independence and transparency of the

audit;

• reviewing the Financial Reporting Council’s Audit Quality
Review (AQR) reports for KPMG and other audit firms; and
• seeking feedback from KPMG on any external or internal

quality review of our audit.

At the conclusion of each year’s audit the Committee
performs a specific evaluation of the performance of
the external auditor. This is supported by the results of
questionnaires completed by the Executive Directors and
relevant senior management, both finance and non-finance,
covering areas such as quality of audit team, business
understanding, audit approach and management. Where
appropriate, actions are agreed against the points raised
and subsequently monitored for progress. There were no
significant findings from the evaluation this year and the
Committee considers the external audit to have been robust
and effective.

Independence, objectivity and fees
The Committee seeks to ensure the objectivity and
independence of our auditor through:
• focus on the assignment and rotation of key personnel;
• the adequacy of audit resource; and
• policies in relation to non-audit work.
The senior audit partner serves no more than five years
continuously and the independent review partner serves
no more than seven years continuously. Other key partners
serve for no longer than seven consecutive years. The
Committee monitors the tenure of partners and senior staff
as well as former employees working for the Company. The
appointment by the Company of former senior employees
of the external auditor would require approval of the
Committee.

The Committee regularly monitors the other services
being provided to the Group by its external auditor, and has
developed a formal policy to ensure this does not impair
their independence or objectivity. The policy is based on
the five key principles which underpin the provision of other
services by the external auditor. These are that the auditor
may not provide a service which:

• places them in a position to audit their own work;
• creates a mutuality of interest;
• results in the auditor developing close personal

relationships with ITV employees;

• results in the auditor functioning as a manager or

employee of ITV; or

• puts the auditor in the role of advocate for ITV.
The policy is reviewed annually and is available in full on our
website.

www.itvplc.com/about/governance

Other than in exceptional circumstances management and
the Committee do not expect non-audit fees to be in excess
of fees for audit and audit-related services. The non-audit
fees for 2014 were just over half that of the audit fees. A
report on the level of non-audit work provided by the auditor
is given to the Committee half yearly. No changes have been
made to the policy during the year. Full details are set out in
note 2.1 on page 120.

The significant non-audit engagements related to VAT and
corporate tax services, including tax advice. Significant
engagements require the prior approval of the Chairman of
the Committee.

The Committee has formally reviewed the work undertaken
by KPMG for the Committee and elsewhere in the Company
and is satisfied that the advice they have received has been
objective and independent.

Reappointment
During the year the Committee considered the performance
and audit fees of the external auditor, and the level of non-
audit work undertaken, and recommended to the Board that
a resolution for the reappointment of KPMG for a further
year as the Company’s auditor be proposed to shareholders
at the AGM in May 2014. The resolution was passed and
KPMG was reappointed for a further year.

The Committee has recommended the reappointment of
KPMG at the AGM in May 2015.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceAnnual Remuneration Report

Dear Shareholder,
On the following pages we set out:
• our Annual Remuneration Report (pages 84 to 95) which
will be subject to an advisory vote at our AGM in May
2015; and

• our Remuneration Policy table (pages 96 to 99) which was
approved at the AGM in May 2014 for a three year period.
The full Remuneration Policy is available on our website.

www.itvplc.com/about/governance

During 2013 and early 2014 we undertook an extensive
review of our approach to remunerating Executive Directors,
to ensure that our remuneration framework remained
aligned with the strategy of the business as we move into
our next phase of development. We believe that this tailored
framework links closely to our strategy and key KPIs, which
are set out in the Strategic Report.

As part of the review we consulted widely with our
shareholders. We subsequently published our Remuneration
Policy and proposed a new Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP),
both of which were approved by shareholders at the AGM
in May 2014. We have reviewed the revised UK Corporate
Governance Code (the Code) and are satisfied that our
remuneration framework promotes long term interest and
does not encourage undue risk taking.

Our performance in 2014
Led by the executive team we have again delivered a year
of double digit growth, building on the significant progress
we have made to rebalance and grow the business over the
last few years. We have done this by having the right team in
place focused on the key strategic priorities.

Remuneration outcomes in 2014
As explained above, due to another year of double digit
growth the performance against financial targets other than
share of viewing, has been exceptional.

The bonus payout levels for the Executive Directors were
94% for Adam Crozier and 95.2% for Ian Griffiths. Further
details are set out on page 85. We have included additional
disclosure of personal objectives for the 2014 bonus, but the
Board continues to believe that targets remain commercially
sensitive for a two year period following the relevant year
end.

During the year, awards made under the Performance Share
Plan (PSP) in 2012 reached the end of their performance
period, and will become exercisable in March 2015. Details
are set out on page 87. The Remuneration Committee

Andy Haste
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

“ Led by the executive team we
have again delivered a year of
double digit growth, building on
the significant progress we have
made to rebalance and grow the
business over the last few years.
We have done this by having the
right team in place focused on the
key strategic priorities.”

In this report . . .

The purpose of this report is to set out for
shareholders the principles and policy we apply to
remuneration for our Executive Directors and to
update you on how we have applied these for the
financial year ended 31 December 2014. The report
also aims to demonstrate how our Remuneration
Policy is aligned to our strategy, supports the
retention of the Executive Directors and rewards them
for out- performance.

has not exercised any discretion during the year or felt it
appropriate to call on malus provisions.

Remuneration Policy implementation 2015
Bonus targets and performance conditions for LTIP
awards to be made in 2015 have been set in line with the
Remuneration Policy and have been aligned closely with our
strategy. Details are set out on pages 91 and 92.

At the end of May 2014, following the AGM, we made the
first awards under the LTIP to the Executive Directors.
Details of the awards made and the relevant performance
conditions are set out on page 89.

Malus and clawback
In order to take current best practice and the Code guidance
into account, the Committee considered and has updated
its position on malus and clawback. This now applies to the
cash as well as the deferred element of the annual bonus
and a clear time horizon is in place over which the provisions
will operate. Further details are set out on page 92.

Advisers
During 2014 we took the decision to undertake a review of
our Committee advisers. Deloitte have been advisers to the
Committee for many years and the Committee believed a
review would be good governance practice. As a result of
this review, the Committee appointed FIT Remuneration
Consultants as their advisers with effect from 28 November
2014. FIT are signatories to the Code of Conduct of the
Remuneration Consultants Group.

Shareholder views
Details of voting on remuneration resolutions at the Annual
General Meeting in May 2014 are set out on page 90. We

were pleased to receive strong investor support for our
new Remuneration Policy and LTIP. While a number of
shareholders voted against the Annual Remuneration
Report, we understand that a primary concern was the
number of changes we were making to the remuneration
of the Executive Directors at the same time. We will
ensure that due account is taken of this when considering
any increases in remuneration levels and will speak to
shareholders in advance of any proposed material changes
to future remuneration arrangements.

We seek to respond to shareholders’ expectations of
remuneration reporting and would welcome feedback.

Andy Haste
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
4 March 2015

Who is on the Committee

The Committee is composed entirely of
Non-executive Directors. The current members are:
• Andy Haste (Chairman)
• Peter Bazalgette (appointed on 1 June 2014)
• Archie Norman
• John Ormerod
Full details of attendance at Committee meetings can
be found in the table on page 70.

Throughout this report we make reference to Strategic Priorities. For reference these are as detailed in the tables below.

For awards made in 2015

Target

1 Maximise audience and revenue from free-to-air and VOD business
2 Grow international content business
23

Build a global pay and distribution business

Further information on each of the above is set out in the Strategic Report on pages 22 to 33.

For awards made up to and including 2014

Target

Create a lean, creatively dynamic and fit-for-purpose organisation

1
2 Maximise audience and revenue share from our existing free-to-air broadcast business
3 Drive new revenue streams by exploiting our content across multiple platforms, free and pay
4

Build a strong international content business

Further information on each of the above is set out in the 2013 Strategic Report available on our website
www.itvplc.com/investors.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceAnnual Remuneration Report continued

Our role
The role of the Committee is primarily to:
• review the ongoing appropriateness, relevance and

effectiveness of the Remuneration Policy including in
relation to retention and development;

• approve the Remuneration Policy and strategy for the
Executive Directors, Management Board and other
Senior Executives (together the Senior Executive
Group) taking into account arrangements for the wider
employee group. Details on employee remuneration
can be found in the Directors’ Report on page 64;
• approve the design of the Company’s annual bonus
arrangements and long-term incentive plans,
including the performance targets that apply for the
Senior Executive Group; and

• determine the award levels for the Senior Executive
Group based on performance against annual bonus
targets and long-term incentive conditions.

The Committee’s terms of reference can be accessed on
our website.

www.itvplc.com/about/governance

How the Committee works
Principles considered when setting
remuneration
The Company operates in the particularly competitive
media market. We aim to balance the need to attract
and retain high quality talent essential to the Company’s
success with the need to be cost-effective and to reward
exceptional performance. The Committee has developed
a Remuneration Policy for the Company that balances
these factors, while taking into account the prevailing best
practice and a fair outcome for investors.

A significant proportion of the remuneration package is tied
to the achievement of stretching performance conditions,
which align remuneration with our strategy to deliver
strong business performance and create shareholder value.
Individuals should be rewarded for success and performance
measured over clear timescales. The remuneration package
is focused on rewarding sustained long term performance
and aligning executives with the shareholder experience.

What we did in 2014
In addition to finalising the remuneration review described
in the Chairman’s Governance Statement (which included
extensive shareholder consultation), during 2014 our work
was broadly in four areas:

Setting targets
• setting the business and personal performance targets
for 2014 bonuses, aligned with the business plan for the
year;

• setting the performance targets that would apply to
awards made under the LTIP and PSP in 2014; and

• carrying out a preliminary review of annual bonus targets

for 2015.

Reviewing outcomes
• reviewing the bonus outcomes and award levels for 2013
and indicative 2014 outcomes ahead of final approval in
2015; and

• approving the performance outcomes of the 2011 awards

under the PSP.

Reward framework
• agreeing the base salaries for the Executive Directors as

part of the remuneration review;

• agreeing the base salaries for the Senior Executive Group
with effect from 1 January 2014, using the same process
as applied to the wider employee population;
• agreeing the remuneration packages for new

appointments to the Senior Executive Group and the
arrangements for any leavers from this group; and
• finalising the new remuneration framework and LTIP.
Governance
• agreeing the Remuneration Report for 2013 prior to its
approval by the Board, and approval by shareholders at
the AGM in May 2014;

• conducting a formal process to review the independent

external advisers to the Committee; and

• receiving and considering regular governance and

regulatory updates.

Following each meeting the Committee communicates its
main discussion points and findings to the Board.

An annual review of the performance of the Committee
was conducted. In addition to feedback from members
of the Committee input was also sought from the Chief
Executive, Group HR Director and Deloitte. As a result it was
agreed that the timing of Committee meetings would be
more closely aligned with the reporting timetable of the
Company. Overall the review concluded that the Committee
is responding appropriately to its terms of reference and will
continue to develop its role.

Total remuneration for 2014
The sections of the Annual Remuneration Report that have been audited by KPMG are pages 85 to 89, and page 93 (from
and including Directors’ Share Interests) to page 95.

Executive Directors
The table below sets out in a single figure the total remuneration for both Executive Directors for the financial year.

Salary

Taxable benefits

Bonus (cash
and shares)

Share awards

Joining award

Pension

Total

Adam Crozier
Ian Griffiths

2014
£000
900
550

2013
£000
841
461
1,450 1,302

2014
£000
19
14
33

2013
£000

2014
£000

2013
2013
£000
£000
20 1,523 1,403 1,760 2,076
14
944 2,150
713
864
2,116 2,704 4,226
34 2,387

2014
£000

2013
£000
0 3,950
0
0
0 3,950

2014
£000
225
138
363

2013
2013
2014
£000
£000
£000
109 4,427 8,399
81 2,510 3,419
190 6,937 11,818

Share awards 2013 – in the 2013 Annual Report and Accounts part of the amount shown was the indicative vesting value of the 2011 PSP awards that were subject
to performance conditions measured to 31 December 2013. Consistent with the regulations, the figures shown in the table above represent the subsequent value
received on the vesting date of 10 March 2014 using the share price on that day (197.2p), an increase of £54,132 in total.

Share awards 2014 - the amount shown is the indicative value of the 2012 PSP awards that were subject to performance conditions measured to 31 December
2014. The value was calculated using the average share price for the final quarter of 2014 (206.2p). See page 87 for further information.

Further information in relation to each of the elements of remuneration for 2014 set out in the table above is detailed below. An explanation for 2013 is set out in
detail in our 2013 Annual Report and Accounts, which can be found on our website www.itvplc.com/investors.

Salary
Salaries are paid in line with our Remuneration Policy.

Taxable benefits
The benefits provided to the Executive Directors include the cost of private medical insurance and car-related benefits.

Bonus (cash and shares)
The bonus paid in respect of the financial year includes amounts that will be compulsorily deferred into shares for a three
year period as set out below.

Adam Crozier
Ian Griffiths

% of
maximum
bonus
opportunity
earned
94.0%
95.2%

Value
deferred into
shares under
the DSA
£000
508
288

Value paid
in cash
£000
1,015
576

Total value
£000
1,523
864

Annual incentives are provided to Executive Directors through the bonus, with one-third of any award deferred into shares
under the Deferred Share Award Plan (DSA). The performance conditions that apply to the bonus are set on an individual
basis and are closely linked to the Company’s corporate, financial and strategic priorities. This enables the Committee
to reward both annual financial performance delivered for shareholders, and performance against specific financial,
operational or strategic objectives set for each Director, which are closely linked to the strategic priorities of the business.

When considering performance outcomes the Committee looks beyond formulaic results to ensure the outcomes align with
overall business performance.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceAnnual Remuneration Report continued

The majority of the bonus (60%) was based upon the achievement of corporate and financial targets.

The remainder of the bonus (40%) was based upon the Committee’s assessment of the contribution the executive has
made to the overall strategy through the delivery of specific targets. Both Executive Directors had a number of common
objectives aligned to our strategic priorities and particularly relating to international expansion and repositioning of our
digital channels.

During the year, particular achievements, in addition to the delivery of the stretching business plan, related to the
rebalancing of the business by reducing our dependence on UK advertising and driving new revenue streams. This was
achieved particularly in our Online, Pay & Interactive business where revenue was up 30%. We invested in three digital
content businesses and launched two new channels, ITVBe and our first pay channel, ITV Encore. We continued to grow our
international production business both organically and by acquisition, with 24% growth in international production revenue
and the completion of three acquisitions including Leftfield, our biggest to date.

Adam Crozier was also assessed against the success of the relationship between ITV Studios and ITV Broadcast and there
was an increase in ITV Studios’ share of ITV output to 60%.

Ian Griffiths was also assessed against the outcome of a comprehensive review of the London property portfolio to ensure
that it remains fit for purpose over the coming decade and, in particular, the establishment of the London Television Centre
pension funding partnership in March 2014.

The Strategic Report sets out more detail of our achievements in the year.

The Committee ensured that the maximum bonus opportunity could only be achieved for significant out performance of
all corporate, financial and individual targets, with on-target performance achieving a 60% payout of the maximum bonus
opportunity.

The table below provides a summary of the performance measures, the level of performance achieved against the targets
and the resulting level of payout.

Performance measure
ITV plc EBITA (before exceptional items)
Profit to cash conversion
Cost savings
Individual targets

Performance achieved

Payout level

Weighting Adam Crozier
105.8%
108.44%
128.33%
85%

45%
10%
5%
40%

Ian Griffiths Adam Crozier
100%
100%
100%
85%

105.8%
108.44%
128.33%
88%

Ian Griffiths

Strategic
Target
100% 1 2 3 4
100% 1 2 3 4
100%
1
88% 1 2 3 4

The Board believes that the bonus performance targets are commercially sensitive information and will remain so until
two years after the end of the financial year, while they are used in the business planning process for subsequent years. The
targets will be disclosed once they are no longer commercially sensitive.

Share awards
We are required to show share awards in the remuneration table on page 86 according to the year in which the performance
period for each performance condition came to an end. 100% of the awards made in 2012 under the PSP were subject to
performance conditions measured to 31 December 2014.

The indicative value of these awards is set out below.

Adam Crozier
Ian Griffiths

Number
of shares
awarded

1,137,904
610,396

Value at
award date
£
710,271
380,455

Number of
shares
vesting

Value at
31 December
2014
£
853,428 1,759,769
457,797
943,977

Change in
share price
since award
date
142.4%
142.4%

The vesting figures shown in the table above reflect 75% of the total award that met performance conditions on 31 December 2014 and will become
exercisable on 28 March 2015.

The share price used to value the shares at 31 December 2014 is the average share price for the final quarter of 2014 (206.2p).

When considering performance outcomes the Committee looks beyond formulaic results to ensure the outcomes align with
overall business performance.

Details of the performance achieved for the 2012 PSP awards are below. A gateway condition of minimum cumulative
adjusted EPS (26.15p) was met before any portion of the award could vest.

Performance measure

Cumulative adjusted EPS

Family SOV

Strategic
Target

Weighting Targets

Performance
achieved

Payout level

50% 26.15p = 30% vesting

28.76p = 100% vesting
Vesting on a straight-line basis between

34.2p

100%

25% Maintain 2011 level = 50% vesting
+2% on 2011 level = 100% vesting
Vesting on a proportionate basis between

(5.09%)

Total non-NAR growth

3 4

25% 5% growth pa = 30% vesting

10% growth pa = 100% vesting
Vesting on a straight-line basis between

12.94%

100%

Pension
Pension contributions represent a cash allowance in lieu of pension with a value of 25% of base salary for both Executive
Directors. The cash allowance does not form part of the base salary for the purposes of determining incentives.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceAnnual Remuneration Report continued

Non-executive Directors
The table below sets out in a single figure the total remuneration for Non-executive Directors for the financial year.

Peter Bazalgette
Mike Clasper
Roger Faxon
Mary Harris
Andy Haste
Lucy Neville-Rolfe
Archie Norman
John Ormerod

Notes

Fees

Taxable Benefits

Total

2014
£000
65
–
62
27
112
37
500
87
890

2013
£000
35
96
61
–
81
64
500
86
923

2014
£000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2013
£000
–
-
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2014
£000
65
-
62
27
112
37
500
87
890

2013
£000
35
96
61
–
81
64
500
86
923

1. Peter Bazalgette joined the Remuneration Committee on 1 June 2014.
2. Mike Clasper stepped down from the Board on 31 December 2013.
3. Mary Harris was appointed to the Board on 28 July 2014.
4. Andy Haste was appointed as SID on 1 January 2014.
5. Lucy Neville-Rolfe stepped down from the Board on 17 July 2014.

LTIP awards made in 2014
The LTIP was approved by shareholders at the AGM in May 2014. On 30 May 2014 awards were made under the LTIP to both
Executive Directors in the form of nil-cost options, subject to performance over the period to
31 December 2016. 50% of any shares that vest can be exercised from the vesting date, the remaining 50% will be subject
to a one-year holding period as follows:

Adam Crozier

Award date
30 May 2014

% Salary
awarded
225

Number of
options

Value at
award date
1,103,543 £2,025,000

Performance

period ends Vesting date
30.05.17

31.12.16

Ian Griffiths

30 May 2014

225

674,387 £1,237,500

31.12.16

30.05.17

Release dates
50%–30.05.17
50%–30.05.18
50%–30.05.17
50%–30.05.18

The number of nil-cost options was calculated using the average share price over a three-day period prior to the award date (183.5p).

The length of holding periods will continue to be phased in over the next two years. For awards made in 2015, 50% of any
shares that vest will be subject to a one year holding period, and 50% to a two year holding period. For awards made in 2016,
100% of any shares that vest will be subject to a two year holding period.

The Committee sets targets for the LTIP taking into account external forecasts, internal budgets, business priorities, and
risks and uncertainties. Targets are set to be appropriately stretching in this context, with maximum performance set at a
level which is considered to be the delivery of exceptional performance.

The awards made in 2014 are subject to performance measures and targets as set out below. Awards will be subject to an
initial cumulative adjusted EPS performance gateway equal to that required for threshold performance (37.1p) before any
portion of the award can vest.

Strategic

Performance measure
Cumulative adjusted EPS
Family SOV
Total non-NAR growth
International Production revenue
Online, Pay & Interactive revenue

Target Weightings
50%
20%
10%
10%
10%

3 4
4

Threshold

Maximum

37.1p
23.05%
5% growth pa
5% growth pa
5% growth pa

42.3p
23.51%
10% growth pa
15% growth pa
18% growth pa

Threshold vesting for all targets is 20%. Vesting between threshold and maximum is on a straight-line basis.

When assessing performance against the Family SOV target, the Committee will also have regard to the health of the main
ITV channel.

Payments to past Directors or for loss of office
No payments were made during the year.

Consideration of Directors’ remuneration
The Directors who were members of the Committee when matters relating to the Executive Directors’ remuneration for the
year were considered are set out on page 83.

The Committee obtains advice from various sources in order to ensure it makes informed decisions. The Chief Executive
and Group Finance Director are invited to attend Committee meetings as appropriate. No individual is involved in decisions
relating to their own remuneration.

The Group HR Director is the main internal adviser and provides updates on remuneration, employee relations and human
resource issues.

Deloitte acted as the independent adviser on remuneration policy and the external remuneration environment during 2014
and provided advice on benchmarking, shareholder consultation and new long term incentive arrangements. Total fees for
the advice provided to the Committee during the year amounted to £94,000. During the year Deloitte also provided the
Group with advice on tax, corporate finance, and pensions matters, and acted on a consultancy basis to provide internal
audit support under separate engagement terms.

The Committee has formally reviewed the work undertaken by Deloitte for the Committee and elsewhere in the Company
and is satisfied that the advice they have received has been objective and independent.

Following a review Deloitte stepped down as adviser and FIT Remuneration Consultants were appointed from
28 November 2014. FIT have any other connection with the Company.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceAnnual Remuneration Report continued

Shareholder voting
At the AGM held on 15 May 2014, votes cast by proxy and at the meeting in respect of the Executive Directors’ remuneration
were as follows:

Voting for

Voting against

Resolution
Remuneration Policy
Annual Remuneration Report
Long Term Incentive Plan

Number of
shares
2,272,594,109
2,029,807,767
2,530,024,205

%
96.04
77.48
95.11

Number of
shares
93,825,641
589,837,862
130,060,452

Total votes cast
3.96 2,366,419,750
2,619,645,629
22.52
2,660,084,657
4.89

Votes withheld
366,266,825
113,040,089
72,604,427

The Company recognises that a number of shareholders did not support the Annual Remuneration Report and understands
that the main reason for this was the Company making increases to a number of remuneration elements (base salary, long-
term incentives and pension) in the same year. Further information can be found in the Chairman’s letter on page 82.

Historic performance
The graph below shows the TSR performance of the Company against the FTSE 100 index over the six year period to
31 December 2014.

ITV FTSE 100

Source: Datastream

01/01/2009

01/01/2010

01/01/2011

01/01/2012

01/01/2013

01/01/2014

01/01/2015

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

)

9
0
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
1
t
a
0
0
1
o
t
d
e
s
a
b
e
R

(

R
S
T

Chief Executive remuneration
The table below provides a summary of the total remuneration received by the Chief Executive over the last six years,
including details of the annual bonus payout and long term incentive award vesting level in each year.

2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
2010
2009

Adam Crozier
Adam Crozier
Adam Crozier
Adam Crozier
Adam Crozier (for the 8 month period served)
John Cresswell (for the 4 month period served)
Michael Grade

Total
remuneration
£000
4,427
8,399
2,915
2,158
1,350
661
2,583

Bonus % of
maximum
94
93
91
88
95
83
94

Long-term
Incentive
award
vesting % of
maximum
75
87
12
–
–
–
–

The long term incentive award vesting percentage relates to the proportion of the award that met performance conditions in the relevant financial year.

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Governance

The table below provides details of the percentage change in the base salary, benefits and bonus of the Chief Executive
between 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2014 compared to the average percentage change for other employees.

Chief Executive
All employees

Notes

2, 3

% change in
base salary
7.05
5.16

% change in
benefits
(2.37)
0.24

% change
in bonus
payment
8%
3.34%

1. Benefits include the cost of medical insurance and car-related benefits. The level of benefits remains the same as for 2013. The percentage decrease in

benefits received by the Chief Executive is due to a minor decrease in both the cost of private healthcare and car related costs.

2. As the majority of employees are based in the UK, overseas employees have not been included.
3. The percentage change in benefits is the average change for all employees (excluding the Chief Executive) with any of the same benefits as the Chief

Executive.

Spend on pay
The table below shows pay for all employees compared to other key financial indicators.

Employee pay
Ordinary dividend
Special dividend
Employee headcount

Notes

2014
£m
239
152
160
5,536

2013
£m
235
115
157
5,480

% Change
1.6
32
2
0.01

1. Employee pay is the total remuneration paid to all UK PAYE employees through the main UK payroll. This is shown on a different basis to last year’s report

where employee pay consisted of base salary only.

2. Employee headcount is the average number of UK PAYE employees who were paid through the main UK payroll.

Remuneration Policy in 2015
The following provides details of how the Remuneration Policy will be implemented in 2015.

Executive Directors
Salary
Executive Directors’ base salaries were increased with effect from 1 January 2015 as follows.

Adam Crozier
Ian Griffiths

1 January
2015
£000
918
561

1 January
2014
£000
900
550

% Change
2%
2%

In line with the Remuneration Policy, salary increases for Executive Directors followed those of the wider employee
population.

Taxable benefits and pension
These will be provided in line with the Remuneration Policy.

Bonus (cash and shares)
Awards will continue to be made in line with the Remuneration Policy, with annual incentives paid to Executive Directors
through the bonus with two thirds in cash, and one third deferred into shares under the DSA. The proposed performance
measures for awards are detailed below and remain unchanged from 2014. The Board considers the actual targets for 2015
to be commercially sensitive at this time.

Strategic

Performance measure
ITV plc EBITA (before exceptional items)
Profit to cash conversion
Cost savings
Individual targets

1 2 23
1 2 23
23

target Weightings
45%
10%
5%
40%

1 2 23

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceAnnual Remuneration Report continued

Share awards
Awards will continue to be made under the LTIP in line with the Remuneration Policy. The proposed performance measures
and targets for awards to be made in 2015 are detailed below.

Under the LTIP rules, the maximum annual award that can be granted in any financial year is 350% of salary. This is to allow
the Committee flexibility when recruiting Executives and to ensure the longevity of the plan. There is currently no intention
to grant awards at this level. Awards in 2015 will be made to the Executive Directors with a value of 225% of salary, at the
same level as awarded in 2014 and in line with the operational maximum set out in our Remuneration Policy.

In order to ensure that Executive Directors are only rewarded if value is delivered to shareholders, awards will be subject to
an initial cumulative adjusted EPS performance gateway equal to that required for threshold performance (45.7p). If this
gateway is achieved, performance will then be assessed by reference to the conditions set out below.

Strategic

Performance measure
Cumulative adjusted EPS
Family SOV
Total Non-NAR
International Production revenue
Online, Pay & Interactive revenue

1 2 23
1

target Weightings
50%
20%
10%
10%
10%

1 2 23
2

1 23

Threshold
45.7p
22%
5% growth pa
5% growth pa
5% growth pa

Maximum
52.2p
22.44%
10% growth pa
15% growth pa
18% growth pa

Threshold vesting for all targets is 20%. Vesting between threshold and maximum (100%) is on a straight-line basis.

Threshold for Family SOV is maintaining 2014 actual with 2% growth required for maximum payout. When assessing
performance against this target, the Committee will also have regard to the health of the main ITV channel.

Holding periods for any shares that vest are being phased in so that for awards made in 2015, 50% will be subject to a one-
year holding period, and 50% to a two year holding period. Increased share retention requirements under the shareholding
guidelines were introduced in 2013 and further information can be found on page 93.

Malus and Clawback
In order to take account of current best practice and the guidance in the Code, the Committee has decided to update the
provisions on malus and clawback so that:
• it applies to the cash as well as the deferred element of the annual bonus; and
• a clear time horizon is in place over which the provisions will operate.
Malus and clawback provisions may be operated at the discretion of the Committee in respect of any cash and deferred
share elements of the bonus and awards made under LTIPs that were granted following the introduction/amendment of
these clauses. Under malus, unvested share awards (including any LTIP shares subject to a post vesting holding period) can be
reduced (down to zero if considered appropriate) or be made subject to additional conditions. Clawback allows for repayment
of bonuses previously paid and/or shares previously received following vesting. Malus/clawback can be operated up to four years
following the start of the relevant bonus year for bonuses, and up to six years from the relevant date of grant for LTIP awards.
The circumstances in which the operation of these provisions may be considered include material misstatement of results,
gross misconduct or fraud.

Non-executive Directors
Non-executive Director fees were increased with effect from 1 January 2015 as set out below.

Chairman (all-inclusive fee)
Board fee
Additional fees for:
Senior Independent Director
Audit Committee Chairman
Audit Committee member
Remuneration Committee Chairman
Remuneration Committee member

1 January
2015
£000
500,000
63,468

1 January
2014
£000
500,000
62,224

% Change
–
2%

25,000
20,000
5,240
20,000
5,240

25,000
20,000
5,137
20,000
5,137

–
–
2%
–
2%

Details of Committee membership can be found in the Governance section on page 70.

Directors’ share interests
Shareholding guidelines
The Committee continues to recognise the importance of Executive Directors being shareholders so as to align their
interests with other shareholders. Shareholding guidelines are in place, which encourage Executive Directors to build up a
holding of ITV plc shares based on a percentage of base salary. 50% of the requirement must be obtained within three years
of appointment and the remainder within five years.

Adam Crozier
Ian Griffiths

% of salary required
under shareholding
guidelines
400
200

% of salary held at
31 December 2014
558
709

Other members of the Management Board are required to hold between 50% and 100% of their salary in shares.

Interests in shares
The figures set out below represent shareholdings in the ordinary share capital of ITV plc beneficially owned by Directors and
their family interests at 31 December 2014.

Peter Bazalgette
Adam Crozier
Roger Faxon
Ian Griffiths
Mary Harris (appointed 28 July 2014)
Andy Haste
Archie Norman
John Ormerod

31 December
2014
8,657

31 December
2013
1,249
1,699,910 1,633,488
4,953
1,511,922
–
87,085
1,221,432
134,627

11,145
1,511,922
1,841
99,431
1,297,498
145,471

There were no changes in Directors’ interests in shares between the end of the financial year and 4 March 2015.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceAnnual Remuneration Report continued

Executive Directors’ non-executive directorships
With specific approval of the Board, Executive Directors may accept external appointments as non-executive directors of
other companies and retain any related fees paid to them.

During the year the Executive Directors retained fees for the directorships set out below.

Adam Crozier
Ian Griffiths (appointed 23 June 2014)

Company
G4S plc
D S Smith plc

2014
£000
58
28

Service contracts and loss of office
Executive Directors
Executive Directors have rolling service contracts that provide for 12 months notice on either side. There are no special
provisions that apply in the event of a change of control.

Adam Crozier
Ian Griffiths

Date of Appointment
26 April 2010
9 September 2008

Nature of contract
Rolling
Rolling

Notice period from
Company
12 months
12 months

Notice period from
Director
12 months
12 months

Compensation provisions
for early termination
None
None

A payment in lieu of notice, including base salary, contractual benefits and contractual provision for an income in retirement,
may be made if:
• the Company terminates the employment of the Executive Director with immediate effect, or without due notice; or
• termination is agreed by mutual consent.
The Company may also make a payment in respect of outplacement costs, legal fees and the cost of any settlement
agreement where appropriate.

With the exception of termination for cause or resignation, Executive Directors will be eligible for a bonus award prorated
to reflect the proportion of the financial year for which they were employed and subject to performance achieved, provided
they have a minimum of three months service in the bonus year.

Non-executive Directors
Each Non-executive Director, including the Chairman, has a contract of service with the Company. Non-executive Directors
will serve for an initial term of three years, subject to election and annual re-election by shareholders, unless otherwise
terminated earlier by and at the discretion of either party upon one month’s written notice (12 months for the current
Chairman). After the initial three year term reappointment is on an annual basis.

The Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office.

Outstanding interests under share schemes
The following tables provide details of Directors’ interests in outstanding share awards.

At
1 January
2014

Awarded
in year

Vested
in year

Exercised
in year

Lapsed in
year

At 31
December
2014

Share
price used
for award
(pence)

Share price
at date of
vesting
(pence)

Date of
release/
exercise in
year

Notes

a, 4

Adam Crozier
DSA
28 March 2014
28 March 2013
28 March 2012
28 March 2012
08 March 2011
08 March 2011
LTIP
30 May 2014
PSP
1 March 2013
1 March 2012
28 March 2012
8 March 2011
8 March 2011

a 346,228
477,112
a
b 238,557
a
276,314
b 276,314

– 240,534
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
276,314 276,314
276,314 276,314

– 240,534
– 346,228
–
477,112
– 238,557
–
–
–
–

194.5
129.5
88.6
88.6
91.4
91.4

197.2
197.2

10.3.14
10.3.14

– 1,103,543

–

– 1,103,543

183.5

c 624,647
c, 5 899,347
d, 5 238,557
c, 6 786,196
d, 6 276,314

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– 778,806 778,806
273,717
–

273,717

– 624,647
– 899,347
– 238,557
–
–

7,390
3,597

–
a, 4
a
175,891
a 234,406
b
117,204
a 203,478
b 203,478

–
–
122,269
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– 203,478 203,478
– 203,478 203,478

Ian Griffiths
DSA
28 March 2014
28 March 2013
28 March 2012
28 March 2012
08 March 2011
08 March 2011
LTIP
30 May 2014
PSP
1 March 2013
1 March 2012
28 March 2012
8 March 2011
8 March 2011
1. No awards are outstanding that have vested but not been exercised.
2. There are no performance conditions attaching to the DSA.
3. Performance conditions that apply to the outstanding awards under the PSP and LTIP are set out in the table below.

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– 427,088 427,088
– 201,566 201,566

– 342,549
– 493,192
–
117,204
4,052
–
1,912
–

– 122,269
– 175,891
– 234,406
–
117,204
–
–
–
–

a 342,549
493,192
a, 5
117,204
b, 5
a, 6
431,140
b, 6 203,478

– 674,387

–

121.1
81.8
88.6
91.4
91.4

194.5
129.5
88.6
88.6
91.4
91.4

183.5

121.1
81.8
88.6
91.4
91.4

197.2
197.2

10.3.14
10.3.14

197.2
197.2

10.3.14
10.3.14

197.2
197.2

10.3.14
10.3.14

Strategic Target

Gateway

Cumulative adjusted EPS

Family SOV

Annual non-NAR growth

International Production revenue

Online, Pay and Interactive Revenue

Weighting

Threshold
Vesting

26.15p

30%

50%

25%

50%

30%

1
1

2
3 4
4
3

30.4p

26.15p
Maintain
at 2011
levels
(platform
adjusted)

2012 PSP

2013 PSP

2014 LTIP

Threshold Maximum

Weightings

Threshold
Vesting

Threshold Maximum

37.1p

28.76p

30.4p

33.4p

50%

20%

37.1p

42.3p

+2%

10%

23%

+2%

10%

Cumulative adjusted EPS
years 2012 to 2014

Cumulative adjusted EPS
years 2013 to 2015

20%

10%

20%

23.05%

23.51%

10%

15%

18%
Cumulative adjusted EPS
years 2014 to 2016

4. DSA awards made in 2014 for 2013 performance are included in the Bonus (cash and shares) column for 2013 in the remuneration table on page 85.
5. PSP performance conditions were met in 2014 (75%) and will become exercisable on 28 March 2015. The indicative value at 31 December 2014 is included in

Vesting between threshold and maximum (100%) on a straight-line basis for all targets apart from SOV, which is
measured on a proportionate basis for 2012 and 2013 PSP awards

the remuneration table on page 85 and is described on page 87.

6. PSP performance conditions were met in 2013 (99.06%) and the value is included in the remuneration table on page 85.

a – Compulsory deferral, b – Voluntary deferral, c – Core Award, d – Matching Award

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceRemuneration Policy

The Company’s policy on remuneration for Executive and Non-executive Directors was approved by shareholders at the AGM
on 14 May 2014 for a 3-year period. The full policy can be found on our website:

www.itvplc.com/governance

The table below contains the principal elements of the remuneration packages for the Executive Directors.

Fixed
elements

Purpose and
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum potential payment

Performance metrics

Base
salary

Reflects the
individual’s skills,
responsibilities and
experience.

Supports the
recruitment and
retention of Executive
Directors of the
calibre required to
deliver the business
strategy within the
competitive media
market.

Provision
for an
income in
retirement

Benefits

To provide
competitive post-
retirement benefits
or cash allowance as a
framework to save for
retirement.

Supports the
recruitment and
retention of Executive
Directors of the calibre
required to deliver
the business strategy
within the competitive
media market.

Ensures the
overall package is
competitive and
provides financial
protection for
employees and their
families.

Reviewed annually and paid
monthly in cash.

performance.

Consideration is typically given
to a range of factors when
determining salary levels,
including:
• Personal and Company-wide
• Typical pay levels in relevant
markets for each Executive
whilst recognising the need
for an appropriate premium
to attract and retain superior
talent, balanced against
the need to provide a cost-
effective overall remuneration
package.

• The wider employee pay

review.

Executives can choose to
participate in the ITV defined
contribution scheme, receive
a cash allowance or receive
payments into a personal
pension or a combination thereof.

Contributions are set as a
percentage of base salary.

Post-retirement benefits do not
form part of the base salary for
the purposes of determining
incentives.

The Company provides a range
of market competitive benefits
including travel-related benefits,
private medical insurance and
other insurance benefits.

Additional benefits may
also be provided in certain
circumstances, if required for
business need. For example
(but not limited to), relocation
expenses, housing allowance and
education support.

None, although
overall individual
and business
performance
is considered
when setting and
reviewing salaries.

There is no maximum salary
increase. However, ordinarily
salary increases will be in line
with the average increase
awarded to other employees
in the Company.

Increases may be made
above this level to take
account of individual
circumstances, which may
include:
• Increase in size or scope of
the role or responsibility.
• Increase to reflect the

individual’s development
and performance in role.

The maximum contributions
or cash allowances for the
Executive Directors are 25%
of base salary.

None

Set at a level which the
Committee considers to be
appropriately positioned
taking into account
typical market levels for
comparable roles, individual
circumstances and the
overall cost to the business.

Variable
elements

Purpose and
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum potential payment

Performance metrics

Performance measures
and targets are set by
the Committee each
year based on corporate
objectives closely
linked to the strategic
priorities and individual
contributions.

The majority of the
bonus opportunity
will be based on the
corporate and financial
measures.

The remainder of the
bonus will be based on
performance against
individual objectives.

Up to 20% of the
maximum opportunity
will be received for
threshold performance.

The maximum bonus
opportunity for any
Executive Director will not
exceed 200% of salary.

The current bonus
opportunities are 180%
of salary for Adam Crozier
and 165% of salary for Ian
Griffiths.

Increases above the
current opportunities, up
to the maximum limit,
may be made to take
account of individual
circumstances, which may
include:
• Increase in size or
scope of the role or
responsibility.
• Increase to reflect
the individual’s
development and
performance in their
role.

Annual
Bonus
Scheme
(Bonus)
and
Deferred
Share
Award
Plan
(DSA)

Incentivises
Executives and
colleagues to
achieve key strategic
outcomes on an
annual basis.

Focus on key
financial metrics and
objectives to deliver
the business strategy.

The element
compulsorily
deferred into shares
rewards delivery
of sustained long-
term performance,
provides alignment
with the shareholder
experience and
supports the
retention of
executives.

Measures and targets are set
annually based on business
plans at the start of the
financial year and pay-out
levels are determined by
the Committee following
the year-end based on
performance against
objectives.

Paid once the results have
been audited. Annual bonus
calculations that are based
on the financial results for
the year are audited by
Internal Audit and reviewed
by the Audit Committee
before consideration by the
Committee.

The Committee has the
discretion to amend the bonus
pay-out should any formulaic
assessment of performance
not reflect a balanced view of
overall business performance
for the year.

Two-thirds of the bonus is
delivered in cash and one-
third is deferred into shares
under the DSA for a period of
three years.

During the deferral period
share awards may be
reduced or cancelled in
certain circumstances.
Further detail is provided on
our website www.itvplc.com/
governance.

Dividends are paid to
participants on the deferred
shares during the deferral
period.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernanceRemuneration Policy continued

Variable
elements

Purpose and
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum potential payment

Performance metrics

New LTIP

Incentivises
Executives to deliver
performance which
is aligned to the
business strategy
over the longer term
and the creation of
shareholder value.

Acts as a retention
tool to retain the
Executives required
to deliver the
business strategy.

Our current operational
policy is to make awards
of 225% of salary each
year.

Under the new LTIP rules,
the maximum annual
award that may be
granted in any financial
year is 350% of salary.

The Committee would
consult with shareholders
if it was considering
increasing awards above
the current operational
policy.

Awards are made annually
with vesting dependent on
business performance during
the performance period. The
performance period will be
three years, other than in
exceptional circumstances.

The Committee has
discretion to amend the
final vesting level should
any formulaic assessment
of performance not reflect
a balanced view of the
business performance during
the performance period.

Awards will be required to be
held for an additional period
of two years after the end of
the performance period. This
is called the holding period
and will be phased in during
2014 and 2015.

Dividends are earned on
deferred shares during the
holding period.

During the holding period
awards may be reduced
or cancelled in certain
circumstances. Further detail
is provided on our website
www.itvplc.com/governance.

Performance is
measured against
corporate targets closely
linked to the Company’s
financial and strategic
priorities.

Performance metrics
are:
• Adjusted EPS
• Non-NAR and its
components

• Viewing performance
LTIP awards will vest
based on financial
performance.

A gateway condition
must be achieved before
any portion of the award
vests.

Each performance
metric will operate
independently.

The performance range
will be determined
for each metric. The
proportion of each
element of the award
that will vest for
threshold performance
against a metric will be
20%.

SAYE

Provides all
employees, including
Executive Directors,
the opportunity to
voluntarily invest in
Company shares.

Executive Directors are
entitled to participate in the
plan on the same basis as
other employees.

Participation limits are as
per the rules of the plan
and in accordance with
HMRC limits.

None

The table below summarises the main elements of remuneration for Non-executive Directors:

Component

Chairman fees

Non-executive fees

Approach of the Company

The Committee determines the fees of the Chairman and sets the fees at a level that is
considered to be appropriate, taking into account the size and complexity of the business
and the expected time commitment and contribution of the role.

The fee is a fixed annual fee of which 25% (40% for the current Chairman), after statutory
deductions, is used to acquire shares in the Company. The shares are purchased quarterly
and held by a nominee until retirement from the Board.

The Board determines the fees of the Non-executive Directors and sets the fees at a level
that is considered to be appropriate, taking into account the size and complexity of the
business and the expected time commitment and contribution of the role.

Fees are structured as a basic fee with additional fees payable for membership and/or
chairmanship of a committee or other additional responsibilities.

The Non-executive Directors are required to use 25% of their annual fees, after statutory
deductions, to acquire shares in the Company. The shares are purchased quarterly and held
by a nominee on their behalf until they retire from the Board.

Benefits

Additional benefits may also be provided in certain circumstances, if required for business
purposes.

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVGovernancePictured:
Ant & Dec’s Saturday Night Takeaway was back for its 11th
series in 2014, averaging 7.6 million viewers across the
series, a 30% share. A version of the show, produced by ITV
Studios America, has been commissioned by NBC in the
US for later in 2015.

100

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

Financial
Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report

Introduction and Table of Contents

Primary Statements

ITV plc Company Financial Statements

102

106

107

161

101

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s Report to the
Members of ITV plc Only

Opinions and conclusions arising from our audit
1 Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of ITV plc for the year ended 31 December 2014 set out on pages 107 to 165. In
our opinion:
• the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at

31 December 2014 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting

Standards as adopted by the European Union;

• the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK Accounting Standards; and
• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as

regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

2 Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
In arriving at our audit opinion above on the financial statements the risks of material misstatement that had the
greatest effect on our audit were as follows:

The Audit Committee’s consideration of these significant risks is set out in the Audit Committee Report on page 75.

Our response

The risk
Revenue recognition and contractual arrangements (see note 2.1)
The Group’s revenue consists primarily of advertising, programme production and programme rights.
Net Advertising Revenue (NAR) (£1,629 million)
The majority of ITV’s advertising revenue (NAR) is subject to
regulation under Ofcom’s Contract Rights Renewal system
(CRR). CRR works by ensuring that the annual share of
television advertising that will be placed with ITV by each
advertising agency can change in relation to the viewing
figures for commercial television that it delivers. The CRR
system, the pricing of the annual contractual arrangements
with advertising agencies and the details of each advertising
campaign, together with the related processes and controls,
are complex and involve estimation.

Our audit procedures included:
• Testing of controls, assisted by our own IT specialists,

including those over: input of individual campaigns’ terms
and pricing; comparison of those terms and pricing data
against the related overarching contracts with advertising
agencies; linkage to transmission/viewer data; and
segregation of duties;

• Testing management’s review controls over: contract

approval; periodic deal reconciliations; and the deal debt
adjustment;

• Analysis of revenue based on our industry knowledge and

external market data, following up variances; and

• Challenging the year-end deal debt adjustment based on
comparison with customers’ correspondence and agreed
terms of business.

• We also assessed the adequacy of the group’s disclosures

in respect of the accounting policies on revenue
recognition set out in note 2.1.

In particular, the pricing mechanism means it is possible for a
difference to arise between the price received by ITV for an
advertising campaign and the value it delivered, mainly as a
result of the actual viewing figures being different from the
agreed level. Where the Group has over-delivered viewers
this is referred to as a ‘deal credit’, or a ‘deal debt’ where
delivery has fallen short. Rather than the price paid for that
campaign being adjusted, these differences are noted for
each agency and then taken account of when agreeing either
future campaigns or the annual contract. A net deal debt
position with an agency is recorded in ITV’s accounts, as a
liability. Net deal credit positions are not recognised.

NAR is therefore considered a significant risk due to:
• The number and complexity of contractual agreements

with advertising agencies;

• The complexity of the systems and processes of control

used to record revenue; and,

• The level of estimation involved in determining the deal

debt liability at the period end.

102

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

The risk
Other revenue streams (Non-NAR revenue) (£961 million)
Non-NAR revenue includes revenue from: programme
production; the sale of programme rights, transmission
supply arrangements; and the Online, Pay & Interactive
division within the Broadcast segment.

Our response
Our audit procedures included testing of controls over the
timing of revenue recognition, and the accounting for new
contractual arrangements. We considered the revenue
policies against the relevant accounting standards.
For the larger contracts entered into during the year, and
for a statistical sample of all contracts, we tested whether
revenue had been recognised in accordance with the
contractual terms, given the requirements of the relevant
accounting standard.

Recognition of non-NAR revenue is driven by the specific
terms of the related contracts. It is considered to be a risk as
the contracts can be complex and the terms are varied, with
the result that accounting for the revenue generated in any
given period can require individual consideration.
Acquisition of Leftfield Entertainment (initial consideration £214 million and goodwill arising £139 million
(see notes 3.3 and 3.4)
During the year, ITV acquired 80% of Leftfield
Entertainment. Acquisition accounting is considered a
significant risk as a result of the following factors:

Our audit procedures included:

The Group is required to make a number of judgements,
which focus on, but are not limited to: assessment
of whether the performance related consideration
arrangements are acquisition consideration or post-
acquisition remuneration, and identification of intangible
assets acquired.

In determining the fair value of the acquired intangible
assets and the contingent consideration and remuneration
payable, medium term cash flow forecasts have been
prepared by ITV. The inherent uncertainty involved in
forecasting future cash flows and the judgement involved in
the selection of the appropriate discount rate makes this a
key area of focus.

ITV is also required to exercise judgement in allocating, for
the purpose of annual impairment testing, the goodwill
arising to the cash generating units expected to benefit
from the acquisition.

Inspecting the terms of the acquisition contracts to
determine our view of the appropriate accounting
treatment of performance related consideration
arrangements against the criteria of the relevant
accounting standards.

Using our own valuation specialists to assist us in: critically
assessing both the appropriateness of the identified
intangibles, against the criteria of the relevant accounting
standards, and the appropriateness of the discount rates;
and comparing the inputs used in determining the discount
rate to externally derived data.

Testing the principles and integrity of the Group’s cash
flow model. We compared the Group’s forecast revenue
growth and margins assumptions to externally derived
data as well as our own assessments in relation to
key inputs, such as the likelihood of both shows being
recommissioned and new commissions.

Critically assessing the Group’s determination of cash-
generating units expected to benefit from the acquisition
against the criteria in the relevant accounting standards.
We inspected Board minutes and monthly internal
reporting to corroborate the Group’s assessment of the
separability of cash flows and assets.

We also considered the adequacy of the Group’s
disclosures in respect of the acquisition and the related
judgements in note 3.4.

103

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s Report to the
Members of ITV plc Only continued

The risk
Defined benefit pension schemes (£346 million, see note 3.7)
Significant estimates are made in valuing the Group’s post-
retirement defined benefit schemes.

Our response

The key valuation assumptions are set out in note 3.7 in the
‘Assumptions’ section. When making these assumptions the
Group takes independent actuarial advice relating to their
appropriateness.

The valuation is considered to be a significant risk as, given
the quantum of the scheme assets and scheme liabilities,
small changes in the assumptions can have a material
financial impact on the Group.

Royalty accruals (£70 million, see note 3.1.5)
The Group pays royalties directly to artists / producers
for all content used. The contractual terms of these
agreements are varied and complex.

The related IT systems can only address part of the
processing, necessitating a significant manual element
in calculating royalty accruals recorded by the Group.
Overall the process is complex, though core to the Group’s
operations.

The volume and variety of contracts being interpreted and
accounted for combined with the manual nature of the
process increases the risk of error.

In this area our audit procedures included challenging
the key assumptions applied in determining the Group’s
net deficit, being the discount rate, inflation rate and
mortality/life expectancy, with the support of our own
actuarial specialists. This included a comparison of these
key assumptions against externally derived data.

We obtained third party confirmation of the pension
schemes assets as at 31 December 2014.

We also considered the adequacy of the Group’s
disclosures in respect of the sensitivity of the deficits
to these assumptions in note 3.7.

Among other procedures, we tested controls over the
recording of royalty costs and the approval of royalty
payments.

We also reperformed a sample of the Group’s annual
royalty calculations, agreeing key inputs to contracts and
the underlying system data.

In addition, we performed analytical procedures
comparing royalty costs as a percentage of the related
income streams to budgets and prior periods, taking
account of any known changes.

3 Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit
The materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at £25 million, determined with reference to a
benchmark of Group profit before tax, of which it represents 4.1%.

We report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £1 million, in
addition to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

The Group’s principal operations are in the United Kingdom and represent over 90% of Group revenue, 97% Group profit
before tax and 94% of Group total assets. Only the UK operations are scoped in for Group audit purposes. The Group
audit team performed the audit of the UK operations as if they were a single aggregated set of financial information
using materiality of £23 million.

Although not in scope for Group reporting purposes, in agreement with the Audit Committee, specified audit procedures
were also performed on two entities in the US by component auditors simultaneously with the audit of the Group and UK
operations. Together the above audit and these specified audit procedures covered 96% of total Group revenue, 99% of
Group profit before taxation; and 99% of total Group assets.

4 Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified
In our opinion:
• the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the

Companies Act 2006; and

• the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial

statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements.

104

5 We have nothing to report in respect of the matters on which we are required to report by exception
Under ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are required to report to you if, based on the knowledge we acquired during our audit,
we have identified other information in the Annual Report that contains a material inconsistency with either that
knowledge or the financial statements, a material misstatement of fact, or that is otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to report to you if:
• we have identified material inconsistencies between the knowledge we acquired during our audit and the Directors’
statement that they consider that the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and
understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business
model and strategy; or

• the Audit Committee Report does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been

received from branches not visited by us; or

• the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
• Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:
• the Directors’ statement, set out on page 66, in relation to going concern; and
• the part of the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 68 to 74 relating to the Company’s compliance with the ten

provisions of the 2012 UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.

We have nothing to report in respect of the above responsibilities.

Scope and responsibilities
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 66, the Directors are
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and
fair view. A description of the scope of an audit of financial statements is provided on the Financial Reporting Council’s
website at www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate. This report is made solely to the Company’s members as a body
and is subject to important explanations and disclaimers regarding our responsibilities, published on our website at
www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2014a, which are incorporated into this report as if set out in full and should be read
to provide an understanding of the purpose of this report, the work we have undertaken and the basis of our opinions.

Mark Summerfield (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
15 Canada Square
London
E14 5GL
4 March 2015

105

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsIntroduction and Table of Contents

In this section . . .

The financial statements have been presented in a style which attempts to make them less complex and more relevant
to shareholders. We have grouped the note disclosures into five sections: ‘Basis of Preparation’, ‘Results for the Year’,
‘Operating Assets and Liabilities’, ‘Capital Structure and Financing Costs’ and ‘Other Notes’. Each section sets out the
accounting policies applied in producing the relevant notes, along with details of any key judgements and estimates
used. The purpose of this format is to provide readers with a clearer understanding of what drives financial performance
of the Group. The aim of the text in boxes is to provide commentary on each section, or note, in plain English.

Keeping it simple . . .

Notes to the financial statements provide information required by statute, accounting standards or Listing Rules
to explain a particular feature of the financial statements. The notes which follow will also provide explanations
and additional disclosure to assist readers’ understanding and interpretation of the Annual Report and the
financial statements.

Profit before tax
Exceptional items
Taxation
Earnings per share

Working capital
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Acquisitions
Investments
Provisions
Pensions

Primary Statements
Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Section 1: Basis of Preparation
Section 2: Results for the Year
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Section 3: Operating Assets and Liabilities
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Section 4: Capital Structure and Financing Costs
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
Section 5: Other Notes
Related party transactions
5.1
Contingent liabilities
5.2
5.3
Subsidiaries exempt from audit
ITV plc Company Financial Statements
Notes to the ITV plc Company Financial Statements

Net cash
Borrowings and finance leases
Managing market risks: derivative financial instruments
Net financing costs
Fair value hierarchy
Equity
Share-based compensation

Page

107
108
109
110
112
113
117
117
121
122
124
126
126
129
131
136
139
140
140
146
146
148
150
153
154
155
156
159
159
159
160
161
162

Contents

106

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial StatementsConsolidated Income
Statement

For the year ended 31 December
Revenue
Operating costs
Operating profit

Presented as:
Earnings before interest, tax, amortisation (EBITA) before exceptional items
Operating exceptional items
Amortisation of intangible assets
Operating profit

Financing income
Financing costs
Net financing costs
Share of losses of joint ventures and associated undertakings
Gain on sale of non-current assets (exceptional items)
Gain on sale of subsidiaries and investments (exceptional items)
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the year

Profit attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests
Profit for the year

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

Note
2.1

2.1
2.2
3.3

4.4
4.4
4.4
2.1
2.2
2.2

2.3

2014
£m
2,590
(1,939)
651

2013
£m
2,389
(1,843)
546

730
(12)
(67)
651

22
(73)
(51)
–
4
1
605
(132)
473

466
7
473

620
(8)
(66)
546

10
(125)
(115)
(2)
–
6
435
(105)
330

326
4
330

2.4
2.4

11.6p
11.5p

8.3p
8.1p

107

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsConsolidated Statement
of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:
Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss
Revaluation of available for sale financial assets
Net loss on cash flow hedges
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurement gains on defined benefit pension schemes
Income tax charge on items that will never be reclassified
Other comprehensive income/(cost) for the year, net of income tax
Total comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests
Total comprehensive income for the year

Note

4.6.4
4.3/ 4.6.3
4.6.3

3.7
2.3

2014
£m
473

3
(4)
22

24
(3)
21
515

508
7
515

2013
£m
330

(3)
–
(6)

48
(13)
26
356

352
4
356

108

Consolidated Statement
of Financial Position

As at 31 December
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investments in joint ventures, associates and equity investments
Derivative financial instruments
Distribution rights
Net deferred tax asset

Current assets
Programme rights and other inventory
Trade and other receivables due within one year
Trade and other receivables due after more than one year
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables due within one year
Trade payables due after more than one year
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Provisions

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Defined benefit pension deficit
Other payables
Provisions

Net assets

Note

3.2
3.3
3.5
4.3
3.1.1
2.3

3.1.2
3.1.4
3.1.4

4.3
4.1

4.2
4.3
3.1.5
3.1.6

3.6

4.2
4.3
3.7

3.6

2014
£m

248
1,129
14
16
13
43
1,463

367
385
24
409
11
297
1,084

(85)
(12)
(699)
(27)
(726)
(72)
(17)
(912)

172

(171)
(12)
(346)
(38)
(4)
(571)
1,064

Attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company
Share capital
Share premium
Merger and other reserves
Translation reserve
Available for sale reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
The accounts were approved by the Board of Directors on 4 March 2015 and were signed on its behalf by:

4.6.1
4.6.1
4.6.2

403
174
228
25
7
177
1,014
50
1,064

Ian Griffiths
Group Finance Director

2013
£m

259
954
4
41
10
52
1,320

322
388
14
402
32
518
1,274

(62)
(6)
(702)
(42)
(744)
(36)
(19)
(867)

407

(318)
(27)
(445)
(40)
(8)
(838)
889

403
174
248
7
4
22
858
31
889

109

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsConsolidated Statement
of Changes in Equity

Attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

Retained
earnings
£m

Non-
controlling
interests
£m

Total
£m

858

466

–
–

–

(3)
21
487

3
(4)

(3)
42
508

–
–

–

–
–
7

Total
equity
£m

889

473

3
(4)

(3)
42
515

(313)

(8)

(321)

(33)

(332)
(332)
–
177

(332)
(332)
(20)
1,014

–

(33)

(340)
(8)
(340)
(8)
20
–
50 1,064

Items that may be
reclassified to profit
or loss

Merger
and
other
reserves
£m

Translation
reserve
£m

Available
for sale
reserve
£m

Share
capital
£m

Share
premium
£m

Note

3.7

2.3

Balance at 1 January 2014
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit
Other comprehensive income/(cost)
Revaluation of available for sale
financial assets
Net loss on cash flow hedges
Exchange differences on translation
of foreign operations
Remeasurement gains on defined
benefit pension schemes
Income tax charge on other
comprehensive income
Total other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income for the year
Transactions with owners, recorded
directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions
to owners
Equity dividends
Movements due to share-based
compensation
Purchase of own shares via
employees’ benefit trust
Total contributions by and
distributions to owners
Total transactions with owners
Changes in non-controlling interests(a)
Balance at 31 December 2014

4.7

3.4
4.6

403

174

248

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–
403

–
–
–
174

–
–
(20)
228

–

–
(4)

–

–
18
18

–

–
–
–
25

–

3
–

–

–
3
3

–

–
–
–
7

(a) Movements reported in merger and other reserves include a put option for the acquisition of non-controlling interests.

110

Consolidated Statement
of Changes in Equity

Attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

Items that may be
reclassified to profit
or loss

Share
capital
£m

Share
premium
£m

Note

Merger
and
other
reserves
£m

Translation
reserve
£m

Available
for sale
reserve
£m

Retained
earnings
(restated)
£m

3.7

2.3

Balance at 1 January 2013
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit
Other comprehensive income/(cost)
Revaluation of available for sale
financial assets
Exchange differences on translation
of foreign operations
Remeasurement losses on defined
benefit pension schemes
Income tax on other
comprehensive income
Total other comprehensive cost
Total comprehensive income for the year
Transactions with owners, recorded
directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions
to owners
Equity dividends
Equity portion of the convertible bond 4.1
Movements due to share-based
compensation
Purchase of own shares via
employees’ benefit trust
Issue of new shares
Total contributions by and
distributions to owners
Total transactions with owners
Changes in non-controlling interests(a) 3.4
4.6
Balance at 31 December 2013

4.7
4.6.1

4.7

391

122

283

–

–
–
–

–
10

–

–
2

12
12
–
403

–

–
–
–

–
52

–

–
–

52
52
–
174

–

–
–
–

–
(22)

–

–
–

(22)
(22)
(13)
248

–

(6)

–

–
(6)
(6)

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
7

–

(3)

–

–
(3)
(3)

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
4

(a) Movements reported in merger and other reserves include a put option for the acquisition of non-controlling interests.

Non-
controlling
interests
£m

Total
£m

817

326

–

(3)

(6)

(13)
35
361

(13)
26
352

–

–
–
4

Total
equity
£m

832

330

(3)

(6)

(13)
26
356

(271)
(70)

(271)
(30)

(1)
–

(272)
(30)

(13)
–

(13)
2

(340)
(340)
–
22

(298)
(298)
(13)
858

–

–
–

(1)
(1)
13
31

(13)
2

(299)
(299)
–
889

111

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsConsolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December

Note

£m

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations before exceptional items:
Cash flow relating to operating exceptional items:
Net operating loss

Increase/(decrease) in payables and provisions

Cash outflow from exceptional items
Cash generated from operations
Defined benefit pension deficit funding
Interest received
Interest paid on bank and other loans
Interest paid on finance leases
Net taxation paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Redemption of gilts
Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings
Cash balances of subsidiaries acquired in period
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of intangible assets
Acquisition of investments
Loans granted to associates and joint ventures
Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures and
available for sale investments
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Bank and other loans – amounts repaid
Capital element of finance lease payments
Issue of share capital
Equity dividends paid
Dividend paid to minority interest
Purchase of own shares via employees’ benefit trust
Net cash outflow from financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Effects of exchange rate changes and fair value movements
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

(10)
3

(91)
41
(51)
(1)
(85)

–
(220)
6
15
(27)
(10)
(7)
(3)

(110)
(21)
–
(313)
(8)
(33)

2.1

2.2

4.1
3.4
3.4

4.1

2014
£m

702

(7)
695

(187)
508

2013
£m

649

(11)
638

(171)
467

£m

(5)
(6)

(80)
38
(60)
(2)
(67)

165
(66)
10
4
(101)
(2)
–
(4)

(245)

(365)
(8)
2
(271)
(1)
(13)

(485)
(222)
518
1
297

(656)
(175)
690
3
518

112

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements
Section 1: Basis of Preparation

In this section . . .

This section sets out the Group’s accounting policies that relate to the financial statements as a whole. Where an
accounting policy is specific to one note, the policy is described in the note to which it relates. This section also shows
new EU endorsed accounting standards, amendments and interpretations, and whether they are effective in 2014 or
later years. We explain how these changes are expected to impact the financial position and performance of
the Group.

The financial statements consolidate those of ITV plc (‘the
Company’) and its subsidiaries (together referred to as ‘the
Group’) and include the Group’s interests in associates and
jointly controlled entities. The Company is domiciled in the
United Kingdom.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.
Accordingly, the Group continues to adopt the going concern
basis in preparing its consolidated financial statements.

As required by EU law (IAS Regulation EC 1606/2002) the
Group’s accounts have been prepared in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by
the EU (‘IFRS’), and approved by the Directors.

The financial statements are principally prepared on the
basis of historical cost. Where other bases are applied these
are identified in the relevant accounting policy.

The Company has elected to prepare its parent company
financial statements in accordance with UK GAAP.

Going concern
As at the year end the Group was in a positive net cash
position, and its continued generation of significant free
cash flows has enabled further acquisitions and the payment
of a special dividend. The Group has also sought to gain
further efficiencies in the balance sheet by repurchasing
debt where it is economically beneficial to do so, and has
established flexible financing through new, longer term
revolving credit facility arrangements (see section 4 for
details on capital structure and financing).

The Group continues to review forecasts of the television
advertising market to determine the impact on ITV’s
liquidity position. The Group’s forecasts and projections,
taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading
performance, show that the Group will be able to operate
within the level of its current funding.

The Group also continues to focus on development of the
non-advertising business, and evaluates the impact of
further investment in acquisitions against the strategy and
cash headroom of the business.

Subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and
special purpose entities
Subsidiaries are entities that are directly or indirectly
controlled by the Group. Control exists where the Group has
the power to govern the financial and operating policies of
the entity in order to obtain benefits from its activities. In
assessing control, potential voting rights that are currently
exercisable or convertible are taken into account.

A joint venture is a joint arrangement in which the Group
holds an interest under a contractual arrangement where the
Group and one or more other parties undertake an economic
activity that is subject to joint control. The Group accounts for
its interests in joint ventures using the equity method. Under
the equity method the investment in the entity is stated as
one line item at cost plus the investor’s share of retained
post-acquisition profits and other changes in net assets.

An associate is an entity, other than a subsidiary or joint
venture, over which the Group has significant influence.
Significant influence is the power to participate in, but
not control or jointly control, the financial and operating
decisions of an entity. These investments are also accounted
for using the equity method.

For investments where the Group has concluded it does not
have significant influence, then the asset is held at cost in
non-current assets.

113

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 1: Basis of Preparation continued

A special purpose entity (‘SPE’) is a legal entity which
the Group may establish to fulfil a specific trading
and investment purpose. Judgement is required when
determining if an SPE should be consolidated and involves
the evaluation of the substance of its relationships with
the Group and the SPE’s risks and rewards. Those SPEs
controlled by the Group are established under terms that
impose strict limitations on the decision-making powers of
their management and that result in the Group receiving the
majority of the benefits related to their operations and net
assets, being exposed to the majority of risks incidental to
their activities and receiving the majority of the residual or
ownership risks related to the SPEs or their assets.

SPEs are used in limited circumstances by the Group. The
only significant SPEs are the pension funding partnerships
that were established in 2010 and March 2014 between the
Group and the Trustee of the ITV Pension Scheme as a way
of establishing payment streams to the pension scheme.
The partnerships, both Scottish Limited Partnerships, are
controlled and consolidated by the Group.

Current/non-current distinction
Current assets include assets held primarily for trading
purposes, cash and cash equivalents, and assets expected
to be realised in, or intended for sale or use in, the course of
the Group’s operating cycle. All other assets are classified as
non-current assets.

Current liabilities include liabilities held primarily for trading
purposes, liabilities expected to be settled in the course of
the Group’s operating cycle and those liabilities due within
one year from the reporting date. All other liabilities are
classified as non-current liabilities.

Classification of financial instruments
The financial assets and liabilities of the Group are
classified into the following financial statement captions
in the statement of financial position in accordance with
IAS 39 Financial Instruments:
• ‘Loans and receivables’ – separately disclosed as cash and
cash equivalents (excluding gilts over which unfunded
pension commitments have a charge) and trade and
other receivables;

• ‘Available for sale financial assets’ – measured at fair value
through other comprehensive income. Includes gilts over
which unfunded pension commitments have a charge;
• ‘Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit
or loss’ – separately disclosed as derivative financial
instruments in assets/liabilities and included in non-
current other payables (contingent consideration); and

• ‘Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost’ –

separately disclosed as borrowings and trade and other
payables.

Judgement is required when determining the appropriate
classification of the Group’s financial instruments. Details
on the accounting policies for measurement of the above
instruments are set out in the relevant note.

Recognition and derecognition of financial assets
and liabilities
The Group recognises a financial asset or liability when it
becomes a party to the contract. Financial instruments are
no longer recognised in the statement of financial position
when the contractual cash flows expire or when the Group
no longer retains control of substantially all the risks and
rewards under the instrument.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances, call
deposits with a maturity of less than or equal to three
months from the date of acquisition, cash held to meet
certain finance lease commitments and gilts in respect
of which a charging deed was executed on the unfunded
pension commitments of four former Granada executives.
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents is considered
to approximate fair value.

114

Accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires
management to exercise judgement in applying the Group’s
accounting policies. It also requires the use of estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ
from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an
ongoing basis, with revisions recognised in the period in
which the estimates are revised and in any future periods
affected.

The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or
complexity are set out below and in more detail in the
related notes:
• Revenue recognition (note 2.1)
• Classification of financial instruments (included in

this note)

• Business combinations (note 3.3 and note 3.4)
The areas involving the most sensitive estimates and
assumptions that are significant to the financial statements
are set out below and in more detail in the related notes:
• Defined benefit pension schemes, including the related

longevity swap (note 3.7)

• Taxation (note 2.3)
• Provisions (note 3.6)
• Business combinations (note 3.4)
• Impairment of assets (note 3.2 and note 3.3)
• Financial instruments (note 4.1)

Foreign currencies
The primary economic environment in which the Group
operates is the UK and therefore the consolidated financial
statements are presented in pounds sterling (‘£’).

Where Group companies based in the UK transact in
foreign currencies, these transactions are translated into
pounds sterling at the exchange rate on the transaction
date. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are
translated into pounds sterling at the year end exchange
rate. Where there is a movement in the exchange rate
between the date of the transaction and the year end,
a foreign exchange gain or loss is recognised in the income
statement.

Hedge accounting is implemented on certain foreign
currency firm commitments, which allows for the effective
portion of any foreign exchange gains or losses to be
recognised in other comprehensive income (note 4.3).

Where a forward currency contract is used to manage
foreign exchange risk and hedge accounting is not
applied, any movement in currency is taken to the
income statement.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at historical
cost are translated into pounds sterling at the exchange
rate on the date of the transaction.

The assets and liabilities of Group companies outside of
the UK are translated into pounds sterling at the year
end exchange rate. The revenue and expenses of these
companies are translated into pounds sterling at the
average monthly exchange rate during the year. Where
differences arise between these rates, they are recognised
in the translation reserve within other comprehensive
income.

Exchange differences arising on the translation of
the Group’s interests in joint ventures and associates
are recognised in the translation reserve within other
comprehensive income.

On disposal of a subsidiary outside the UK or an interest in a
joint venture or an associate, the related translation reserve
is released to the income statement as part of the gain or
loss on disposal.

115

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 1: Basis of Preparation continued

New or amended EU endorsed accounting standards
The table below represents new or amended EU endorsed accounting standards relevant to the Group’s results that are
effective in 2014:

Impact on financial statements
The amendments have not had any impact
on the net asset position of the Group.

The amendments have not had any impact
on the assets currently held by the Group.

The amendments have not had any impact
on the hedging contracts held by the Group
within the year.

A review of the Group’s investments was carried
out in the context of IFRS 10–12 in order to
ensure that their classification and accounting
treatment remains appropriate. There is
no impact on the accounting treatment of
investments currently held within the Group
and appropriate disclosures have been made in
notes 3.4 and 3.5 to the financial statements.

Accounting Standard
IAS 32 Financial
Instruments

IAS 36 Impairment
of Assets

IAS 39 Financial
Instruments:
Recognition and
Measurement
IFRS 10

IFRS 11

IFRS 12

Requirement
The amendments clarify the offsetting criteria, such
as when an entity has a legal right to offset and
when gross settlement is equivalent to net
settlement.
The amendments modify some of the disclosure
requirements regarding measurement of the
recoverable amount of impaired assets.
The amendments remove the need to discontinue
hedge accounting if a hedging derivative is novated,
provided certain criteria are met.

IFRS 10 replaces a portion of IAS 27 Consolidated and
Separate Financial Statements that addresses the
accounting for consolidated financial statements.
It also includes the issues raised in SIC-12
Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities.

IFRS 10 establishes a single control model that
applies to all entities including special purpose
entities. The changes introduced by IFRS 10 will
require management to exercise significant
judgement to determine which entities are controlled
and therefore are required to be consolidated by a
parent, compared with the requirements that were
in IAS 27.
IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures and
SIC-13 Jointly Controlled Entities – Non-Monetary
Contributions by Venturers.

IFRS 11 removes the option to account for jointly
controlled entities (JCEs) using proportionate
consolidation. Instead, JCEs that meet the definition
of a joint venture must be accounted for using the
equity method.
IFRS 12 includes all of the disclosures that were
previously in IAS 27 related to consolidated financial
statements, as well as all of the disclosures that
were previously included in IAS 31 and IAS 28.
These disclosures relate to an entity’s interests in
subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and
structured entities.

The Directors also considered the impact on the Group of other new and revised accounting standards, interpretations or
amendments on the Group that are currently endorsed but not yet effective. There are none that are effective for periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2015 that are expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s results.

116

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial StatementsSection 2: Results for the Year

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

In this section . . .

This section focuses on the results and performance of the Group. On the following pages you will find disclosures
explaining the Group’s results for the year, segmental information, exceptional items, taxation and earnings per share.

Keeping it simple . . .

This section analyses the Group’s profit before tax by reference to the activities performed by the Group and an
analysis of key operating costs.

Earnings before interest, tax, amortisation (EBITA) and before exceptional items remains the Group’s key profit
indicator. This reflects the way the business is managed and how the Directors assess the performance of the Group.
This section therefore also shows each division’s contribution to total revenue and EBITA.

2.1 Profit before tax
Accounting policies
Revenue recognition
Revenue is stated exclusive of VAT and comprises the sale
of products and services to third parties. Selecting the
appropriate timing and amount of revenue recognised
requires some judgement. Revenue from the sale of
products is recognised when the Group has transferred
both the significant risks and rewards of ownership and
control of the products sold, and the amount of revenue
can be measured reliably. Revenue recognition criteria for
the Group’s key classes of revenue are recognised on the
following bases:

Applicable
segment
Broadcast &
Online

Broadcast &
Online

Class of revenue
Advertising (NAR),
Video on Demand
(VOD)
Sponsorship

Broadcast
& Online

Pay

Broadcast
& Online

Studios

Participation
(interactive & brand
extensions)
Programme
production

Studios

Programme
distribution rights

Studios

Digital: Archive

Recognition criteria
in month of transmission

across period of
transmission of the
sponsored programme
or series
an estimate is accrued in
the month and trued up
on receipt of third party
reports showing revenue
share calculation
(showing subscribers or
number of downloads)
as the service is provided
or event occurs

on delivery of episode
and acceptance by the
customer
when the contract is
signed and content is
available for exploitation
on delivery of content
(one-off) or over the
contract period in a
manner that reflects the
flow of content delivered
(top-up)

117

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 2: Results for the Year continued

The results for the year aggregate these classes of revenue
into four significant categories:

Broadcast & Online
NAR
Non-NAR
ITV Studios
Productions
Distribution
Total revenue

2014
£m

1,629
394

789
144
2,956

2013
£m

1,542
354

722
135
2,753

Segmental information
Operating segments, which have not been aggregated, are
reported in a manner that is consistent with the internal
reporting provided to the Board of Directors, regarded as
the chief operating decision maker.

The Board of Directors considers the business primarily from
a product or activity perspective. The reportable segments
for the years ended 31 December 2014 and 31 December
2013 are therefore ‘Broadcast & Online’ and ‘ITV Studios’,
the results of which are outlined in the following tables:

Broadcast
& Online
2014
£m

ITV Studios*
2014
£m

Consolidated
2014
£m

2,023

–

933

(366)

2,956

(366)

2,023

567

2,590

568

162

730

–

Broadcast
& Online
2013
£m

ITV Studios*
2013
£m

Consolidated
2013
£m

1,896
–

857
(364)

2,753
(364)

1,896

493

2,389

487

133

620

(2)

–

(2)

Total segment
revenue

Intersegment revenue
Revenue from external
customers
EBITA before
exceptional items
Share of losses of joint
ventures and associated
undertakings

Total segment
revenue
Intersegment revenue
Revenue from external
customers
EBITA before
exceptional items
Share of losses of joint
ventures and associated
undertakings

* Revenue of £255 million (2013: £199 million) was generated in the US during
the year, and represented £297 million (2013: £83 million) of non-current
assets at year end.

118

Intersegment revenue, which is carried out on arm’s
length terms, is generated from the supply of ITV Studios
programmes to Broadcast & Online for transmission primarily
on ITV. This revenue stream is a measure which forms part of
the Group’s strategic priority of building a strong international
content business, as by producing and retaining rights to the
broadcast shows the Group benefits further from subsequent
international content and format sales.

In preparing the segment information, centrally managed
costs have been allocated between reportable segments on
a methodology driven principally by revenue, headcount and
building occupancy of each segment. This is consistent with
the basis of reporting to the Board of Directors.

Broadcast & Online
The Group operates the largest commercial family of
channels in the UK and delivers content through traditional
television broadcasting. In addition to linear broadcast, the
Group delivers its content either through ITV Player, which is
available on multiple platforms including ITV’s website and
pay platforms, or through direct content deals. The content,
which is commissioned and scheduled by this segment, is
funded primarily by television advertising, where revenue is
generated from the sale of audiences for advertising airtime
and sponsorship.

Other sources of revenue are from: online advertising,
revenue from pay platforms such as Sky, SDN revenue
(which generates licence sales for DTT Multiplex A), and
participation revenue (which includes interactive sales from
competitions).

ITV Studios
ITV Studios is the Group’s international content business,
creating and producing programmes and formats that
return and travel, namely drama, entertainment and factual
entertainment.

ITV Studios UK is the largest commercial producer in the
UK and produces programming for the Group’s own
channels, accounting for 60% of ITV network spend.
Programming is also sold to other UK broadcasters such as
the BBC, Channel 4 and Sky.

ITV Studios America is the largest unscripted independent
producer of content in the US and is growing its scripted
presence by increasing investment in high profile dramas
straight to series.

ITV Studios also operates in four other international
locations being Australia, Germany, France and the Nordics,
where content is produced for local broadcasters. This
content is either locally created IP or formats that have been
created elsewhere by ITV, primarily the UK.

EBITA before exceptional items
The Directors assess the performance of the reportable
segments based on a measure of EBITA before exceptional
items. The Directors use this measurement basis as
it excludes the effect of non-recurring income and
expenditure. Amortisation and share of profit/(losses) of
joint ventures and associates are also excluded to reflect
more accurately how the business is managed and measured
on a day-to-day basis. Net financing costs and tax are
not allocated to segments as the funding, cash and tax
management of the Group are activities carried out by the
central treasury and tax functions.

A reconciliation from EBITA before exceptional items to
profit before tax is provided as follows:

EBITA before exceptional items
Operating exceptional items
Amortisation of intangible assets
Net financing costs
Share of losses of joint ventures
and associated undertakings
Gain on sale of non-current assets
(exceptional items)

Gain on sale of subsidiaries and
investments (exceptional items)
Profit before tax

2014
£m
730
(12)
(67)
(51)

–

1
605

2013
£m
620
(8)
(66)
(115)

(2)

–

6
435

The Group’s principal operations are in the United Kingdom.
Its revenue from external customers in the United Kingdom
is £2,123 million (2013: £1,982 million), and total revenue
from external customers in other countries is £467 million
(2013: £407 million).

There are two media buying agencies (2013: three) acting on
behalf of a number of customers that represent the Group’s
major customers. These agencies are the only customers
which individually represent over 10% of the Group’s
revenue. Revenue of approximately £571 million (2013: £527
million) and £312 million (2013: £235 million) was derived
from these customers. This revenue is attributable to the
‘Broadcast & Online’ segment.

Cash generated from operations
A reconciliation from profit before tax to cash generated
from operations before exceptional items is as follows:

Cash flows from operating
activities
Profit before tax
Gain on sale of subsidiaries and
investments (exceptional items)
Gain on sale of non-current assets
(exceptional items)
Share of losses of joint ventures
and associated undertakings
Net financing costs
Operating exceptional items
Depreciation of property, plant
and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share-based compensation and
pension service costs
Increase in programme rights and
other inventory, and distribution
rights
Decrease/(increase) in receivables
(Decrease)/increase in payables
Movement in working capital
Cash generated from operations
before exceptional items

2014
£m

2013
£m

605

435

(1)

(4)

–
51
12

27
67

(39)
18
(48)
(69)

(6)

–

2
115
8

24
66

(42)
(15)
42
(15)

702

649

Included in the increase in inventory is the investment by ITV
Studios in high end drama, which is discussed in the Financial
and Performance Review on pages 42 and 43.

Operating costs
Staff costs
Staff costs before exceptional items can be analysed
as follows:

Wages and salaries
Social security and other costs
Share-based compensation
(see note 4.7)
Pension costs
Total staff costs
Less: staff costs allocated to
productions
FTEE staff costs (non-production)

2014
£m
293
45

14
22
374

(136)
238

2013
£m
255
42

14
19
330

(103)
227

119

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 2: Results for the Year continued

The number of full-time equivalent employees (‘FTEE’)
(excluding short-term contractors and freelancers who
are predominantly allocated to the cost of productions),
calculated on a weighted average basis, during the year was:

Broadcast & Online
ITV Studios

2014
2,042
2,517
4,559

2013
2,049
2,208
4,257

The increase in full-time equivalent employees in ITV Studios
is primarily driven by the acquisitions completed in 2014.

Details of Directors’ emoluments, share options, pension
entitlements and long-term incentive scheme interests are
set out in the Remuneration Report. Listed Directors’ gains
on share options for 2014 are set out in the ITV plc entity
financial statements.

Read more on the Remuneration Report on pages 82 to 99.

Depreciation
Depreciation in the year was £27 million (2013: £24 million),
of which £15 million (2013: £12 million) relates to ‘Broadcast
& Online’ and £12 million (2013: £12 million) to ‘ITV Studios’.

Operating leases
The total undiscounted future minimum lease payments
under non-cancellable operating leases fall due for payment
as follows:

2014
Within one year
Later than one year
and not later than five
years
Later than five years

2013
Within one year
Later than one year
and not later than five
years
Later than five years

Transponders
38

Property
13

123
158
319

33
16
62

Transponders
36

Property
12

138
194
368

23
11
46

Total
51

156
174
381

Total
48

161
205
414

The Group’s operating leases relate to transponder
assets and office and studio properties. The Group holds
transmission supply agreements that require the use of
specific transponder assets for a period of up to ten years
with payments increasing over time, limited by specific RPI
caps. These supply agreements are classified as operating
leases, in accordance with the Group’s policy on leases
detailed in note 3.2.

120

Property leases typically run for a period of up to eight years
and may have an option to renew after that date (options
to renew are not included in the commitments table). Lease
payments are generally subject to market review every
five years to reflect market rentals, but because of the
uncertainty over the amount of any future changes, such
changes have not been reflected in the table above. None of
the lease agreements include contingent rentals.

The total future minimum sublease payments expected to
be received under non-cancellable subleases at the year end
are £2 million (2013: £2 million).

The total operating lease expenditure recognised during the
year was £49 million (2013: £45 million) and total sublease
payments received were £1 million (2013: £2 million).

Audit fees
The Group engages KPMG LLP (‘KPMG’) on assignments
additional to their statutory audit duties where their
expertise and experience with the Group are important.

Read more on the Group’s policy regarding additional assignments in
the Audit Committee Report on page 81.

Fees paid to KPMG and its associates during the year are set
out below:

2014
£m

2013
£m

For the audit of the Group’s
annual accounts
For the audit of subsidiaries of
the Group
Audit-related assurance services

Total audit and audit-related
assurance services

Taxation compliance services
Taxation advisory services
Other assurance services

Total non-audit Services
Total fees paid to KPMG

0.6

0.2
0.2

1.0
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.6
1.6

0.7

0.2
0.1

1.0
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
1.5

There were no fees payable in 2014 or 2013 to KPMG and
associates for the auditing of accounts of any associate of the
Group, internal audit services, services relating to corporate
finance transactions entered into or proposed to be entered
into, by or on behalf of the Group or any of its associates.

Fees paid to KPMG for audit and other services to the Company
are not disclosed in its individual accounts as the Group accounts
are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis.

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial Statements

2.2 Exceptional items

Keeping it simple . . .

Exceptional items are material and are excluded
from management’s assessment of profit because by
their nature they could distort the Group’s underlying
quality of earnings. They are typically gains or losses
arising from events that are not considered part of
the core operations of the business (e.g. costs relating
to capital transactions, such as professional fees on
acquisitions). These items are excluded to reflect
performance in a consistent manner and are in line
with how the business is managed and measured on a
day-to-day basis.

Accounting policies
Exceptional items as described above are disclosed on the
face of the income statement.

Subsequent revisions of estimates for items initially
recognised as exceptional are recorded as exceptional items
in the year that the revision is made. Gains or losses on
disposal of non-core assets are also considered exceptional
due to their nature and impact on the Group’s underlying
quality of earnings.

Exceptional items
Operating and non-operating exceptional items are analysed
as follows:

(Charge)/credit
Operating exceptional items:

Reorganisation and
restructuring costs
Acquisition-related expenses

Total net operating
exceptional items
Non-operating exceptional items:
Gain on sale of non-current assets
Gain on sale and
impairment of subsidiaries
and investments
Total non-operating
exceptional items
Total exceptional items
before tax
Total exceptional items
net of tax

Ref.

2014
£m

2013
£m

A
B

(6)
(6)

(12)

(7)

(5)

–
(8)

(8)

–

(2)

(1)

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

A – Reorganisation and restructuring costs
In 2014 £6 million of non-recurring costs were incurred as
a result of an ITV Studios restructuring initiative with the
aim of driving commerciality and efficiencies within the
UK production business.

B – Acquisition-related expenses
Acquisition-related expenses of £6 million include
professional fees (mainly financial and legal due diligence)
incurred on the acquisitions completed during the year of
£3 million (2013: £5 million; see also note 3.4), and
expenses in the period with respect to performance-based,
employment linked contingent costs accrued to former
owners of £3 million (2013: £3 million).

C – Gain on sale of non-current assets
In 2014 a £4 million gain on sale of non-current assets arose
primarily as a result of the sale of a freehold property in
Cardiff.

D – Gain on sale and impairment of subsidiaries
and investments
The gain of £1 million in 2014 relates to a historical disposal.
In 2013 the credit principally related to the gain of £6 million
recognised on disposal of STV shares.

121

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial Statements

Section 2: Results for the Year continued

• differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to
the extent that they will probably not reverse in the
foreseeable future.

The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the
expected manner of realisation or settlement of the
carrying amount of assets and liabilities. A deferred tax
asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable
that sufficient taxable profit will be available to utilise the
temporary difference.

Recognition of deferred tax assets, therefore, involves
judgement regarding the timing and level of future taxable
income. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are disclosed net
to the extent that they relate to taxes levied by the same
authority and the Group has the right of set-off.

Taxation – Income statement
The total taxation charge in the income statement is
analysed as follows:

2014
£m

2013
£m

Current tax:
Current tax charge before
exceptional items

Current tax charge on
exceptional items

Adjustments for prior periods

Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of
temporary differences
Adjustments for prior periods

(118)

(2)
(120)
(6)
(126)

(9)
3
(6)

(78)

(2)
(80)
3
(77)

(25)
(3)
(28)

Total taxation charge in the
income statement

(132)

(105)

Adjustments for prior periods primarily arise where an
outcome is obtained on certain tax matters which differs
from expectations held when the related provision was
made. Where the outcome is more favourable than the
provision made, the difference is released, lowering
the current year tax charge. Where the outcome is less
favourable than our provision, an additional charge to
current year tax will occur.

2.3 Taxation

Keeping it simple . . .

This section lays out the tax accounting policies, the
current and deferred tax charges or credits in the year
(which together make up the total tax charge or credit
in the income statement), a reconciliation of what the
tax charge on profits would be at the standard UK rate
to the actual charge recorded and the movements in
deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Accounting policies
The tax charge for the period is recognised in the income
statement and the statement of comprehensive income,
according to the accounting treatment of the related
transaction. The tax charge comprises both current and
deferred tax. The calculation of the Group’s total tax charge
involves a degree of estimation and judgement in respect
of certain items whose tax treatment cannot be finally
determined until a resolution has been reached by the
relevant tax authority.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the
taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment in
respect of previous years. The current tax charge is based on
tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted at the
year end.

The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax issues
based on estimates of the additional taxes that are likely
to become due, which require judgement. Amounts are
accrued based on management’s interpretation of specific
tax law and the likelihood of settlement. Where the final
tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts
that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the
income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which
such determination is made, resulting in an adjustment to
prior periods.

Deferred tax arises due to certain temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
for financial reporting purposes and those for taxation
purposes. The following temporary differences are not
provided for:
• the initial recognition of goodwill;
• the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect
neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a
business combination; and

122

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

Non-deductible expenses are expenses that are not
expected to be allowable for tax purposes. Similarly, non-
taxable income is income that will not be taxed.

The effective tax rate is the tax charge on the face of the
income statement expressed as a percentage of the profit
before tax. In the years ended 31 December 2014 and
31 December 2013, the effective tax rate is comparable to
the standard rate of UK corporation tax. As explained in
the Financial and Performance Review, the Group uses an
adjusted tax rate to show the cash tax impact on its adjusted
earnings.

In order to understand how, in the income statement, a
tax charge of £132 million (2013: £105 million) arises on a
profit before tax of £605 million (2013: £435 million), the
taxation charge that would arise at the standard rate of
UK corporation tax is reconciled to the actual tax charge
as follows:

2014
£m
605

2013
£m
435

(130)

(101)

Profit before tax
Taxation charge at UK corporation
tax rate of 21.5% (2013: 23.25%)
Non-taxable income/non-
deductible expenses
Adjustments for prior periods
Impact of changes in tax rate
Other
Total taxation charge in the
income statement

1
(3)
–
–

1
–
(4)
(1)

Taxation – Other comprehensive income
Within other comprehensive income a tax charge totalling
£3 million (2013: charge of £13 million) has been recognised
representing deferred tax as analysed in the table below.

(132)

(105)

Taxation – Statement of financial position
The table below outlines the deferred tax assets/(liabilities) that are recognised in the statement of financial position,
together with their movements in the year:

Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Programme rights
Pension scheme deficits
UK tax losses
Share-based compensation
Overseas
Other

At
1 January
2014
£m
(6)
(19)
1
56
1
13
10
(4)
52

At
1 January
2013
£m
(6)
(34)
1
96
17
9
9
1
93

Recognised in
the income
statement
£m
5
11
–
(16)
(1)
–
(6)
1
(6)

Recognised in
the income
statement
(restated)
£m
–
15
–
(27)
(16)
(1)
1
–
(28)

Recognised
in OCI
£m
–
–
–
(4)
–
1
–
–
(3)

Recognised
in OCI
(restated)
£m
–
–
–
(13)
–
5
–
(5)
(13)

At
31 December
2014
£m
(1)
(8)
1
36
–
14
4
(3)
43

At
31 December
2013
£m
(6)
(19)
1
56
1
13
10
(4)
52

123

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 2: Results for the Year continued

2.4 Earnings per share

Keeping it simple . . .

Earnings per share (‘EPS’) is the amount of post-tax
profit attributable to each share.

Basic EPS is calculated on the Group profit for the year
attributable to equity shareholders of £466 million
(2013: £326 million) divided by 4,002 million (2013:
3,929 million) being the weighted average number
of shares in issue during the year.

Diluted EPS reflects any commitments the Group has
to issue shares in the future and so includes the impact
of share options.

Basic EPS is adjusted in order to show the business
performance of the Group in a consistent manner and
reflect how the business is managed and measured
on a day-to-day basis. Adjusted EPS is adjusted for
exceptional items which include acquisition-related
costs (professional fees, primarily due diligence, and
performance-based, employment-linked contingent
payments), impairment of intangible assets,
amortisation of intangible assets acquired through
business combinations, net financing cost adjustments
and prior period and other tax adjustments.

The calculation of EPS and adjusted EPS, together with the
diluted impact on each, is set out below:

Earnings per share 2014

Ref.

Basic
£m

Diluted
£m

Profit for the year attributable
to equity shareholders of ITV plc
Weighted average number of
ordinary shares in issue – million
Dilution due to share options
Total weighted average number of
ordinary shares in issue – million
Earnings per ordinary share

466

4,002
–

4,002
11.6

4,002
38

4,040
11.5

At 31 December 2014, total deferred tax assets are £55
million (2013: £81 million) and total deferred tax liabilities
are £12 million (2013: £29 million).

The deferred tax balance relates to:
• property, plant and equipment temporary differences
arising on assets qualifying for capital allowances;
• temporary differences on intangible assets arising on

business combinations;

• temporary differences on intercompany profits on

programme rights;

• pension scheme deficit temporary differences on the
IAS 19 pension deficit and additional contributions
resulting from funding through the SDN and LTVC pension
partnerships (not recognised as contributions under
IAS 19);

• UK tax loss temporary differences in receiving the benefit

of the Group’s tax losses;

• share-based compensation temporary differences on

share schemes;

• overseas temporary differences on intangible assets and

net operating losses arising in the US; and

• other temporary differences on miscellaneous items.
Deferred tax is provided at 20% (2013: 20%), which is the
rate that was substantively enacted to apply from 2 July
2013. The impact of the change in the tax rate in 2013 from
23% to 20% was £6 million.

The deferred tax balance associated with the pension deficit
has been adjusted to reflect the current tax benefit obtained
in the current year following the employer contributions
of £103 million, including deficit contributions of £91
million, to the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme. The
adjustment in equity to the deferred tax balance primarily
relates to the actuarial gains recognised in the period.

A deferred tax asset of £444 million (2013: £446 million)
in respect of capital losses of £2,221 million (2013: £2,230
million) has not been recognised due to uncertainties as
to the amount and whether a capital gain will arise in the
appropriate form and relevant territory against which such
losses could be utilised. For the same reasons, deferred tax
assets in respect of overseas losses of £14 million (2013: £14
million) that time expire between 2017 and 2026 have not
been recognised.

124

Adjusted earnings per share 2014

Details of the adjustments to earnings are as follows:

Ref.

Adjusted
£m

Diluted
£m

Profit for the year attributable
to equity shareholders of ITV plc
Exceptional items
Profit for the year before
exceptional items
Amortisation and impairment
of acquired intangible assets
Adjustments to net financing
costs
Other tax adjustments
Adjusted profit
Total weighted average number of
ordinary shares in issue – million
Adjusted earnings per
ordinary share

D
E
F

Earnings per share 2013

Ref.

Profit for the year attributable
to equity shareholders of ITV plc
Weighted average number of
ordinary shares in issue – million
Dilution due to share options
Dilution due to convertible bond
Total weighted average number of
ordinary shares in issue – million
Earnings per ordinary share

Adjusted earnings per share 2013

466
5

471

34
5
554

466
5

471

34
5
554

4,002

4,040

13.8

13.7

Basic
£m

326

3,929
–
–

3,929
8.3p

Diluted
£m

331

3,929
46
136

4,111
8.1p

Ref.

Adjusted
£m

Diluted
£m

Profit for the year attributable
to equity shareholders of ITV plc
Exceptional items
Profit for the year before
exceptional items
Amortisation and impairment of
acquired intangible assets
Adjustments to net financing
costs
Other tax adjustments
Adjusted profit
Total weighted average number of
ordinary shares in issue – million
Adjusted earnings per ordinary
share

D
E
F

326
1

327

69
3
441

331
1

332

69
3
446

3,929

4,111

11.2p

10.8p

Read more on our rationale for determining the adjustments to
profit in the Financial and Performance Review on page 46.

A. The Group dilutes EPS for the impact of any share options
and convertible instruments outstanding during the year.
In the prior year the Group had a convertible Eurobond
that contributed 136 million shares on a weighted average
basis when determining diluted EPS. In October 2013 the
Group repurchased 55% of the 2016 convertible Eurobond
and settled the remainder for equity. This resulted in an
additional 95 million new shares being issued.

B. Both operating and non-operating exceptional items
(detailed in note 2.2) are adjusted to reflect profit for the
year before exceptional items. A net tax credit of £2 million
(2013: £1 million credit) is recognised on the total exceptional
items charge of £7 million (2013: £2 million charge).

C. Amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible
assets of £44 million (2013: £42 million) is calculated as
total amortisation and impairment of £67 million (2013:
£66 million), less amortisation of software licences and
development of £11 million (2013: £12 million). A related
tax credit of £12 million (2013: £12 million) is then recognised
on the net amount.

D. Gross adjustments of £44 million (2013: £90 million) have
been made to net financing costs and relate to mark-to-
market movements on derivative instruments, losses on
buybacks and imputed pension interest charges (see note
4.4 for details). This is reduced by a tax credit of £10 million
(2013: £21 million) to give a net adjustment of £34 million
(2013: £69 million).

E. Other tax adjustments primarily reflect the cash tax
benefit received on goodwill arising from the US acquisitions,
which for tax purposes is amortised over a 15 year period
(2013: the adjustment reflects the impact on the deferred
tax charge resulting from a decrease in the statutory tax
rate from 23% to 20%).

F. Adjusted profit for the year removes the effect of
exceptional items. These include acquisition related costs
(professional fees, primarily due diligence, and performance-
based, employment-linked contingent payments), amortisation
of intangible assets acquired through business combinations,
net financing costs adjustments and other tax adjustments.

125

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 3: Operating Assets
and Liabilities

In this section . . .

This section shows the assets used to generate the Group’s trading performance and the liabilities incurred as a result.
Liabilities relating to the Group’s financing activities are addressed in Section 4. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
shown in note 2.3.

On the following pages there are notes covering working capital, non-current assets and liabilities, acquisitions and
disposals, provisions and pensions.

3.1 Working capital

The net book value of distribution rights at the year are as
follows:

Distribution rights

2014
£m
13

2013
£m
10

The movement during the year comprises additions of £21
million (2013: £16 million) and amounts charged to the
income statement of £18 million (2013: £23 million).

3.1.2 Programme rights and other inventory
Accounting policies
Rights are recognised when the Group controls the
respective rights and the risks and rewards associated
with them.

Programme rights and production costs not yet written off
are included in the statement of financial position at the
lower of cost and net realisable value.

Broadcast programme rights
Acquired programme rights (which include films), and
sports rights, are purchased for the primary purpose of
broadcasting on the ITV network. These are recognised
within current assets as payments are made or when the
rights are ready for broadcast. The Group generally expenses
these rights through operating costs over a number of
transmissions reflecting the pattern and value in which the
right is consumed.

Commissions, which primarily comprise programmes
purchased based on editorial specification and over which
the Group has some control, are recognised in current
assets as payments are made and are generally expensed
to operating costs in full on first transmission. Where a
commission is repeated, incremental costs are included in
operating costs

Where a repeat of a programme is broadcast, the Group
recognises the incremental costs associated with the
broadcast in operating costs.

Keeping it simple . . .

Working capital represents the assets and liabilities
the Group generates through its trading activity. The
Group therefore defines working capital as distribution
rights, programme rights and production costs, trade
and other receivables and trade and other payables.

Careful management of working capital ensures
that the Group can meet its trading and financing
obligations within its ordinary operating cycle.

Working capital is a driver of the ‘profit to cash’
conversion, a key performance indicator for the Group.
The Group’s target ‘profit to cash’ ratio on a rolling
three year basis is at least 90%.

In the following section you will find further
information regarding working capital management
and analysis of the elements of working capital.

3.1.1 Distribution rights
Accounting policies
‘Distribution rights’ are programme rights the Group buys
from producers to derive future revenue, principally through
licensing to broadcasters. These are classified as non-current
assets as these rights are used to derive long-term economic
benefit for the Group.

Distribution rights are recognised initially at cost and
charged through operating costs in the income statement
over a maximum five-year period that is dependent on
either cumulative sales and programme genre, or based on
forecast future sales. Advances paid for the acquisition of
distribution rights are disclosed as distribution rights as soon
as they are contracted. These advances are not expensed
until the programme is available for distribution. Up to that
point they are assessed annually for impairment through
the reassessment of the future sales expected to be earned
from that title.

126

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial StatementsIn assessing net realisable value for acquired and
commissioned rights, the net realisable value assessment is
based on estimated airtime value, with consideration given
to whether the number of transmissions purchased can be
efficiently played out over the licence period.

Studios production costs
Production inventory comprises the costs incurred by ITV
Studios in producing a programme, where the programme
is part way through the production process and not yet
available for delivery to a broadcaster. They are recognised
within current assets at production cost as incurred and are
recognised in operating costs on delivery of episodes.

Also included here are dramas that have been commissioned
straight to series. Although more expensive than producing
a pilot, this method attracts high profile talent to the
production and raises the profile of the series to support its
distribution. The production cost is partly funded by network
pre-sales, while the remainder, the “deficit”, is carried
internally and covered by future sales.

In assessing net realisable value for programmes in
production, judgement is required when considering the
contracted sales price and estimated costs to complete.

The programme rights and other inventory at the year end
are shown in the table below:

Acquired programme rights
Commissions
Sports rights
Production costs

2014
£m
101
57
40
169
367

2013
£m
110
46
57
109
322

Programme rights and other inventory written down in the
year were £1 million (2013: £1 million).

3.1.3 Programme commitments
These are operating commitments in respect of
programming entered into in the ordinary course of business
with programme suppliers, sports organisations and film
distributors in respect of rights to broadcast on the ITV
network. Commitments in respect of these purchases, which
are not reflected in the statement of financial position, are
due for payment as follows:

Within one year
Later than one year and not more
than five years
More than five years

2014
£m
464

462
58
984

2013
£m
444

431
3
878

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

3.1.4 Trade and other receivables
Accounting policies
Trade receivables are recognised initially at the value of
the invoice sent to the customer and subsequently at the
amounts considered recoverable (amortised cost). Where
payments are not due for more than one year, they are
shown in the financial statements at their net present value
to reflect the economic cost of delayed payment. The Group
provides goods and services to substantially all its customers
on credit terms.

Estimates are used in determining the level of receivables
that will not, in the opinion of the Directors, be collected.
These estimates include such factors as historical
experience, the current state of the UK and overseas
economies and industry specific factors. A provision for
impairment of trade receivables is established when there is
sufficient evidence that the Group will not be able to collect
all amounts due.

The carrying value of trade receivables is considered to
approximate fair value.

Trade and other receivables can be analysed as follows:

Due within one year:
Trade receivables
Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued
income

Due after more than one year:
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Total trade and other receivables

2014
£m

271
27

87
385

7
17
409

2013
£m

295
40

53
388

11
3
402

127

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial Statements
Section 3: Operating Assets
and Liabilities continued

Other receivables due after more than one year include
£11 million (2013: £nil) relating to 2014 acquisitions (see note
3.4 for details).

3.1.6 Trade payables due after more than one year
Trade payables due after more than one year can be
analysed as follows:

£278 million (2013: £306 million) of total trade receivables
that are not impaired are aged as follows:

Trade payables

2014
£m
27

2013
£m
42

This primarily relates to film creditors for which payment is
due after more than one year.

3.1.7 Working capital management
Cash and working capital management continues to be a
key focus. During the year the cash outflow from working
capital was £69 million (2013: outflow of £15 million) derived
as follows:

Increase in programme rights and
other inventory and distribution
rights
Decrease/ (increase) in receivables
(Decrease)/increase in payables
Working capital outflow

2014
£m

2013
£m

(39)
18
(48)
(69)

(42)
(15)
42
(15)

The working capital outflow for the year excludes the impact
of balances acquired on the purchase of new subsidiaries
(see note 3.4).

The outflow is largely driven by the increase in production
inventory as a result of increased investment in scripted
content, predominantly in the US.

Read more on our investment in scripted content in the Financial
and Performance Review on pages 42 and 43.

Current
Up to 30 days overdue
Between 30 and 90 days overdue
Over 90 days overdue

2014
£m
263
7
4
4
278

2013
£m
296
8
2
–
306

The balance above is stated net of a provision of £7 million
(2013: £7 million) for impairment of trade receivables. Of
the provision total, £3 million relates to balances overdue by
more than 90 days (2013: £3 million) and £4 million relates
to current balances (2013: £4 million).

Movements in the Group’s provision for impairment of trade
receivables can be shown as follows:

At 1 January
Charged during the year
Receivables written off during the
year as uncollectable (utilisation of
provision)
Unused amounts reversed
At 31 December

2014
£m
7
2

–
(2)
7

2013
£m
7
1

(1)
–
7

3.1.5 Trade and other payables due within one year
Accounting policies
Trade payables are recognised at the value of the invoice
received from a supplier.

The carrying value of trade payables is considered to
approximate fair value.

Trade and other payables due within one year can be
analysed as follows:

Trade payables
VAT and social security
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income

2014
£m
49
68
159
423
699

2013
£m
43
67
156
436
702

128

3.2 Property, plant and equipment

Keeping it simple . . .

The following section shows the physical assets used
by the Group to operate the business, generating
revenues and profits. These assets include office
buildings and studios, as well as equipment used in
broadcast transmission, programme production and
support activities.

The cost of these assets is the amount initially paid
for them. A depreciation expense is charged to the
income statement to reflect annual wear and tear and
the reduced value of the asset over time. Depreciation
is calculated by estimating the number of years the
Group expects the asset to be used (useful economic
life). If there has been a technological change or
decline in business performance the Directors review
the value of the assets to ensure they have not fallen
below their depreciated value. If an asset’s value falls
below its depreciated value an additional one-off
impairment charge is made against profit.

This section also explains the accounting policies
followed by ITV and the specific estimates made in
arriving at the net book value of these assets.

Accounting policies
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Certain
items of property, plant and equipment that were revalued
to fair value prior to 1 January 2004 the date of transition
to IFRS are measured on the basis of deemed cost, being
the revalued amount less depreciation up to the date of
transition.

Leases
Finance leases are those which transfer substantially all the
risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. Certain service
contracts involve the use of specific assets (e.g. transmission
or studio equipment) and therefore contain an embedded
lease.

Determining whether a lease is a finance lease requires
judgement as to whether substantially all of the risks and
benefits of ownership have been transferred to the Group.
Estimates used by management in making this assessment
include the useful economic life of assets, the fair value
of the asset and the discount rate applied to the total
payments required under the lease. Assets held under such
leases are included within property, plant and equipment
and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated
useful lives.

Outstanding finance lease obligations, which comprise
the principal plus accrued interest, are included within
borrowings. The finance element of the agreements is
charged to the income statement over the term of the lease
on an effective interest basis.

All other leases are operating leases, the rentals on which
are charged to the income statement on a straight-line
basis over the lease term (see note 2.1 for further details
of operating lease commitments).

Depreciation
Depreciation is provided to write off the cost of property,
plant and equipment less estimated residual value, on a
straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The
annual depreciation charge is sensitive to the estimated
useful life of each asset and the expected residual value at
the end of its life. The major categories of property, plant
and equipment are depreciated as follows:

Asset class
Freehold land
Freehold buildings
Leasehold improvements

Depreciation policy
not depreciated
up to 60 years
shorter of residual lease
term or estimated useful life

Vehicles, equipment and fittings1 3 to 20 years

1. Equipment includes studio production and technology assets.

Impairment of assets
Property, plant and equipment that is subject to
depreciation is reviewed for impairment whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount may not be recoverable. Indicators of impairment
may include changes in technology and business
performance.

129

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 3: Operating Assets
and Liabilities continued

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment can be analysed as follows:

Freehold land
and buildings

Improvements to leasehold
land and buildings

Vehicles, equipment
and fittings

Long
£m

Short
£m

Owned
£m

Finance leases
£m

76
24
(32)
1
–
69
–
(2)
–
67

16
1
(7)
1
–
11
2
–
13

54
58

16
1
–
–
–
17
–
–
–
17

15
–
–
–
–
15
–
–
15

2
2

203
23
–
8
(13)
221
26
2
(12)
237

121
22
–
8
(13)
138
24
(12)
150

87
83

16
–
–
–
–
16
–
–
–
16

14
–
–
–
–
14
–
–
14

2
2

Capital commitments
There are £2 million of capital commitments at
31 December 2014 (2013: £3 million).

Cost
At 1 January 2013
Additions
Reclassification of acquired property
Reclassification from assets held for sale
Disposals and retirements
At 31 December 2013
Additions
Reclassification of property fittings
Disposals and retirements
At 31 December 2014

Depreciation
At 1 January 2013
Charge for the year
Reclassification of acquired property
Reclassification from assets held for sale
Disposals and retirements
At 31 December 2013
Charge for the year
Disposals and retirements
At 31 December 2014
Net book value
At 31 December 2014
At 31 December 2013

£m

14
58
32
33
–
137
–
–
(17)
120

3
1
7
12
–
23
1
(7)
17

103
114

There are additions of £5 million in 2014 relating to
acquisitions made in the year (2013: £nil).

Included within property, plant and equipment are assets in
the course of construction of £10 million (2013: £66 million).
In 2013 this included construction costs in relation to the new
Coronation Street set, which was completed in early 2014.

During the year, the Group sold a freehold property in Cardiff
for proceeds of £15 million, representing a gain on sale of £5
million.

Total

£m

325
106
–
42
(13)
460
26
–
(29)
457

169
24
–
21
(13)
201
27
(19)
209

248
259

130

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial Statements3.3 Intangible assets

Keeping it simple . . .

The following section shows the non-physical assets
used by the Group to generate revenue and profits.

These assets include brands, customer contracts and
relationships, contractual arrangements, licences,
software development, film libraries and goodwill.
The cost of these assets is the amount that the
Group has paid or, where there has been a business
combination, the fair value of the specific intangible
assets that could be sold separately or which arise
from legal rights. In the case of goodwill, its cost is the
amount the Group has paid in acquiring a business over
and above the fair value of the individual assets and
liabilities acquired. The value of goodwill is ‘intangible’
value that comes from, for example, a uniquely strong
market position and the outstanding productivity of
its employees.

The value of intangible assets, with the exception of
goodwill, reduces over the number of years the Group
expects to use the asset, the useful economic life,
via an annual amortisation charge to the income
statement. Where there has been a technological
change or decline in business performance the
Directors review the value of assets, including
goodwill, to ensure they have not fallen below their
amortised value. Should an asset’s value fall below
its amortised value an additional one-off impairment
charge is made against profit.

This section explains the accounting policies applied
and the specific judgements and estimates made by
the Directors in arriving at the net book value of these
assets.

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

Accounting policies
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the future economic benefits that
arise from assets that are not capable of being individually
identified and separately recognised. The goodwill
recognised by the Group has all arisen as a result of business
combinations. Goodwill is stated at its recoverable amount
being cost less any accumulated impairment losses and is
allocated to the business to which it relates.

Due to changes in accounting standards goodwill has been
calculated using three different methods depending on the
date the relevant business was purchased.

Method 1: All business combinations that have occurred
since 1 January 2009 were accounted for using the
acquisition method. Under this method, goodwill is
measured as the fair value of the consideration transferred
(including the recognition of any part of the business not
yet owned (non-controlling interests)), less the fair value
of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed,
all measured at the acquisition date. Any contingent
consideration expected to be transferred in the future
will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date and
recognised within Other payables. Contingent consideration
classified as an asset or liability that is a financial instrument
is measured at fair value with changes in fair value
recognised in the income statement. The determination
of fair value is based on discounted cash flows. The key
assumptions take into consideration the probability of
meeting each performance target and the discount rate.

Where less than 100% of a subsidiary is acquired, and call
and put options are granted over the remaining interest, a
non-controlling interest is initially recognised in equity at
fair value, which is established based on the value of the put
option. A call option is recognised as a derivative financial
instrument, carried at fair value. The put option is recognised
as a liability within Other payables, carried at the present
value of the put option exercise price, and a corresponding
charge is included in Merger and Other Reserves. Any
subsequent remeasurement of the call option and the put
option liability is recognised within finance income or cost.

Subsequent adjustments to the fair value of net assets
acquired can only be made within 12 months of the
acquisition date, and only if fair values were determined
provisionally at an earlier reporting date. These adjustments
are accounted for from the date of acquisition.

131

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 3: Operating Assets
and Liabilities continued

Acquisitions of non-controlling interests are accounted for
as transactions with owners and therefore no goodwill is
recognised as a result of such transactions. Transaction costs
incurred in connection with those business combinations,
such as legal fees, due diligence fees and other professional
fees, are expensed as incurred.

Method 2: All business combinations that occurred between
1 January 2004 and 31 December 2008 were accounted
for using the purchase method in accordance with IFRS
3 ‘Business Combinations (2004)’. Goodwill on those
combinations represents the difference between the cost
of the acquisition and the fair value of the identifiable net
assets acquired and did not include the value of the non-
controlling interest. Transaction costs incurred in connection
with those business combinations, such as legal fees, due
diligence fees and other professional fees, were included in
the cost of acquisition.

Method 3: For business combinations prior to 1 January
2004, goodwill is included at its deemed cost, which
represents the amount recorded under UK GAAP at that
time less accumulated amortisation up to 31 December
2003. The classification and accounting treatment of
business combinations occurring prior to 1 January 2004,
the date of transition to IFRS, has not been reconsidered as
permitted under IFRS 1.

Other intangible assets
Intangible assets other than goodwill are those which are
identifiable and can be sold separately or which arise from
legal rights.

Within ITV there are two types of intangible assets: those
acquired and those that have been internally generated
(such as software licences and development).

Intangible assets acquired directly by the Group are stated
at cost less accumulated amortisation. Those separately
identified intangible assets acquired as part of a business
combination are shown at fair value at the date of
acquisition less accumulated amortisation.

The main intangible assets the Group has valued are brands,
licences, contractual arrangements, customer contracts and
relationships and libraries.

Each class of intangible asset’s valuation method on initial
recognition, amortisation method and estimated useful life
is set out in the table below:

Class of intangible asset
Brands

Customer contracts
and relationships

Contractual
arrangements

Licences

Libraries and other

Valuation method
Applying a royalty rate to the expected future revenue
over the life of the brand.
Expected future cash flows from those contracts and
relationships existing at the date of acquisition are
estimated. If applicable, a contributory charge is
deducted for the use of other assets needed to exploit
the cash flow. The net cash flow is then discounted back
to present value.
Expected future cash flows from those contracts existing
at the date of acquisition are estimated. If applicable,
a contributory charge is deducted for the use of other
assets needed to exploit the cash flow. The net cash flow
is then discounted back to present value.
Start-up basis of expected future cash flows existing at
the date of acquisition. If applicable, a contributory
charge is deducted for the use of other assets needed
to exploit the cash flow. The net cash flow is then
discounted back to present value.
Initially at cost and subsequently at cost less
accumulated amortisation.

Software licences
and development

Initially at cost and subsequently at cost less
accumulated amortisation.

Amortisation method
Straight-line

Estimated useful life
up to 14 years

Straight-line
or reducing balance
as appropriate

up to 6 years for
customer contracts

Straight-line

5 to 10 years
for customer
relationships
up to 10 years
depending on the
contract terms

Straight-line

11 to 17 years
depending on term
of licence

Sum of digits or
straight line as
appropriate
Straight-line

up to 20 years

1 to 5 years

132

Determining the fair value of intangible assets arising
on acquisition requires judgement. The Directors make
estimates regarding the timing and amount of future cash
flows derived from exploiting the assets being acquired.
The Directors then estimate an appropriate discount rate
to apply to the forecast cash flows. Such estimates are
based on current budgets and forecasts, extrapolated for
an appropriate period taking into account growth rates,
operating costs and the expected useful lives of assets.
Judgements are also made regarding whether, and for how
long, licences will be renewed; this drives our amortisation
policy for those assets.

The Directors estimate the appropriate discount rate using
pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the
time value of money and the risks specific to the assets or
businesses being acquired.

Amortisation
Amortisation is charged to the income statement over the
estimated useful lives of intangible assets unless such lives
are judged to be indefinite. Indefinite life assets, such as
goodwill, are not amortised but are tested for impairment
at each year end.

Impairment
Goodwill is not subject to amortisation and is tested
annually for impairment and when circumstances indicate
that the carrying value may be impaired.

Other intangible assets are subject to amortisation and
are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the amount carried in the
statement of financial position is less than its recoverable
amount.

Determining whether the carrying amount of intangible
assets has any indication of impairment requires judgement.
Any impairment is recognised in the income statement.

An impairment test is performed by assessing the
recoverable amount of each asset, or for goodwill, the cash-
generating unit (or group of cash-generating units) related
to the goodwill. Total assets (which includes goodwill) are
grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately
identifiable cash flows (‘cash-generating unit’ or ‘CGU’).

The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value
less costs to sell and ‘value in use’. The value in use is based
on the present value of the future cash flows expected to
arise from the asset.

The Group applies cautious assumptions for impairment
testing. Estimates are used in deriving these cash flows and
the discount rate. Such estimates reflect current market
assessments of the risks specific to the asset and the time
value of money. The estimation process is complex due to
the inherent risks and uncertainties. If different estimates
of the projected future cash flows or a different selection of
an appropriate discount rate or long-term growth rate were
made, these changes could materially alter the projected
value of the cash flows of the asset, and as a consequence
materially different amounts would be reported in the
financial statements.

Impairment losses in respect of goodwill are not reversed.
In respect of assets other than goodwill, an impairment loss
is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used
to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is
reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount
does not exceed the carrying amount that would have
been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no
impairment loss had been recognised.

133

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 3: Operating Assets
and Liabilities continued

Intangible assets
Intangible assets can be analysed as follows:

Cost
At 1 January 2013
Additions
Foreign exchange
At 31 December 2013
Additions
Foreign exchange
At 31 December 2014
Amortisation and impairment
At 1 January 2013
Charge for the year
At 31 December 2013
Charge for the year
At 31 December 2014
Net book value
At 31 December 2014
At 31 December 2013

Customer
contracts
and
relationships
£m

Contractual
arrangements
£m

Licences
£m

Libraries
and other
£m

Software
licences and
development
£m

Goodwill
£m

Brands
£m

3,411
58
(2)
3,467
146
14
3,627

2,654
–
2,654
–
2,654

973
813

175
4
–
179
21
1
201

143
16
159
18
177

24
20

332
20
–
352
30
3
385

306
20
326
21
347

38
26

10
–
–
10
–
–
10

–
2
2
3
5

5
8

121
–
–
121
–
–
121

74
9
83
7
90

31
38

79
2
–
81
16
–
97

43
7
50
7
57

40
31

78
–
–
78
11
–
89

48
12
60
11
71

18
18

Total
£m

4,206
84
(2)
4,288
224
18
4,530

3,268
66
3,334
67
3,401

1,129
954

All intangible asset additions in the year, excluding software,
are due to the acquisition of three production companies,
as detailed in note 3.4 (2013: four production companies
acquired).

Goodwill impairment tests
The following CGUs represent the carrying amounts of
goodwill:

Broadcast & Online
SDN
ITV Studios

2014
£m
342
76
555
973

2013
£m
342
76
395
813

There has been no impairment charge for the year (2013:
£nil).

When assessing impairment, the recoverable amount
of each CGU is based on value in use calculations. These
calculations require the use of estimates, specifically: pre-tax
cash flow projections; long-term growth rates; and a pre-tax
market discount rate.

Cash flow projections are based on the Group’s current five
year plan. Beyond the five year plan these projections are
extrapolated using an estimated long-term growth rate of
2% (2013: 2%). The growth rate used is consistent with the
long-term average growth rates for both the industry and
the country in which they are located and is appropriate
because these are long-term businesses.

The discount rate has been revised for each CGU to reflect
the latest market assumptions for the Risk-Free rate, the
Equity Risk Premium and the net cost of debt. There is
currently no reasonably possible change in discount rate
that would reduce the headroom in any CGU to zero.

Broadcast & Online
The goodwill in this CGU arose as a result of the acquisition
of broadcasting businesses since 1999, the largest of which
was the merger of Carlton and Granada in 2004 to form
ITV plc, which was treated as an acquisition of Carlton for
accounting purposes.

No impairment charge arose in the Broadcast & Online CGU
during the course of 2014 (2013: £nil).

134

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial StatementsThe main assumptions on which the forecast cash flow
projections for this CGU are based include: the share of the
television advertising market; share of commercial impacts;
programme and other costs; and the pre-tax market
discount rate.

The key assumption in assessing the recoverable amount
of Broadcast & Online goodwill is the size of the television
advertising market. In forming its assumptions about
the television advertising market, the Group has used a
combination of long-term trends, industry forecasts and
in-house estimates, which place greater emphasis on recent
experience. The latest range of forecasts for the advertising
market is 2-5% for 2015. No impairment was identified. Also
as part of the review, a sensitivity of up to -10% was applied
to 2015 for the purposes of the impairment test, again with
no impairment identified.

A pre-tax market discount rate of 10.6% (2013: 11.3%) has
been used in discounting the projected cash flows.

The Directors believe that currently no reasonably possible
change in these assumptions would reduce the headroom in
this CGU to zero.

SDN
Goodwill was recognised when the Group acquired SDN (the
licence operator for DTT Multiplex A) in 2005. It represented
the wider strategic benefits of the acquisition specific to the
Group, principally the enhanced ability to promote Freeview
as a platform, business relationships with the channels
which are on Multiplex A and additional capacity available
from 2010.

No impairment charge arose on the SDN goodwill during the
course of 2014 (2013: £nil).

The main assumptions on which the forecast cash flows
are based are: income to be earned from medium-term
contracts; the market price of available multiplex video
streams in the period up to and beyond digital switchover;
and the pre-tax market discount rate. These assumptions
have been determined by using a combination of current
contract terms, recent market transactions and in-house
estimates of video stream availability and pricing.

A pre-tax market discount rate of 12.6% (2013: 13.1%) has
been used in discounting the projected cash flows.

The Directors believe that currently no reasonably possible
change in the income and availability assumptions would
reduce the headroom in this CGU to zero.

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

ITV Studios
The goodwill for ITV Studios has arisen as a result of the
acquisition of production businesses since 1999. Significant
balances were created from the acquisition by Granada of
United News and Media’s production businesses in 2000 and
the merger of Granada and Carlton in 2004 to form ITV plc.
ITV Studios goodwill also includes all of the goodwill arising
from recent acquisitions in 2012 to 2014, with the largest
addition being Leftfield in 2014.

No impairment charge arose in the ITV Studios CGU during
the course of 2014 (2013: £nil).

The key assumptions on which the forecast cash flows were
based include revenue (including international revenue and
the ITV Studios share of ITV output, growth in commissions
and hours produced), margin growth and the pre-tax market
discount rate. These assumptions have been determined
by using a combination of extrapolation of historical trends
within the business, industry estimates and in-house
estimates of growth rates in all markets.

A pre-tax market discount rate of 11.7% (2013: 12.2%) has
been used in discounting the projected cash flows.

The Directors believe that currently no reasonably possible
change in the income and availability assumptions would
reduce the headroom in this CGU to zero.

Following the acquisitions made by ITV Studios in 2014, the
Directors considered how assets and resources are shared
across the Studios division and the level of integration within
the management structure for the purposes of reporting
and strategic decision-making. They concluded that a single
Studios CGU continues to remain appropriate.

135

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 3: Operating Assets
and Liabilities continued

The acquisition of Leftfield makes ITV the largest unscripted
independent producer in the US and represents a significant
contribution to the Group’s strategy of building a strong
international content business, particularly in the US. Its New
York base gives ITV Studios a significant presence on both
the east and west coasts and strengthens and complements
our existing creative capability.

Key terms
Cash consideration of £214 million ($360 million) was paid at
acquisition and the maximum total consideration for 100%
of the business, including the initial payment, is £496 million
($800 million, undiscounted). The remaining consideration
of up to £282 million ($440 million) will be assessed at two
stages in the next five years, and the full amount will only be
due should Leftfield deliver exceptional earnings growth.

There is a two way adjustment mechanism used at the first
stage which will result in a payment or receivable in 2016
and is based on average performance across 2014 and
2015 against stretching growth earnings targets. Up to £69
million ($107 million, undiscounted maximum) would be
payable to the seller where the business outperforms the
performance target. If the minimum threshold performance
targets are not met, the Group would be entitled to receive
a performance adjustment of up to £30 million ($50
million, undiscounted). The adjustment is accounted for as
contingent consideration.

The second stage payment comes in the form of a call and
put option that has been granted over the remaining 20%
non-controlling interest. The call option is first exercisable
in the first half of 2017 and then again following expiry
of the vendors’ put option, which is exercisable in 2019.
The maximum amount that the Group could pay for the
remaining 20% equity interest is the residual of the £282
million less any amounts paid in 2016 ($440 million in total,
undiscounted). Final payment will be entirely dependent on
future performance of the business, which would need to be
exceptional for the maximum to be achieved.

There are also call and put options over the non-controlling
interests of Leftfield’s two start-up operations that are
exercisable in 2019. The final payout is dependent on
future performance over the next five years and is linked to
ongoing employment. The maximum consideration payable
by the Group is £8 million ($13 million, undiscounted).

3.4 Acquisitions

Keeping it simple . . .

The following section outlines what the Group has
acquired in the year.

All of the deals are structured so that a large part of
the payment made to the sellers is determined based
on future performance (‘consideration’). This is done
so that the Group can both align incentives for growth,
while reducing risk so that total consideration reflects
actual performance, not expected.

IFRS accounting standards require some of this
consideration to be included in the purchase
price used in determining goodwill (‘contingent
consideration’). Examples of contingent consideration
include top-up payments and recoupable performance
adjustments. Any remaining consideration is required
to be recognised as a liability or expense outside
of acquisition accounting (put option liabilities and
employment-linked contingent payments known as
‘earnout’ payments).

The Group considers the income statement impact
of all consideration to be capital in nature and are
therefore excluded from adjusted profit.

Therefore, for each acquisition below, the distinction
between the types of consideration has been
explained in detail.

Read more on how each of these businesses plays an
important role in helping the Group execute its strategy in
the Financial and Performance Review on page 44.

Acquisitions
During 2014 the Group completed three acquisitions, all
of which have been included in the results of the Studios
operating segment. Each of the businesses fit with the
strategy of growing the Group’s international content
business and to work with other parts of the Studios
segment to exploit that content globally. The following
sections provide a summary of each.

Leftfield Entertainment Group
On 7 May the Group acquired 80% of the membership
interests in New York-based producer Leftfield
Entertainment Group (‘Leftfield’). Leftfield owns Sirens
Media and has established two start-up operations: Loud
Television and Outpost Entertainment. Together these
businesses produce unscripted programming for over 30
US networks.

136

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial StatementsAcquisition accounting
The Group consolidates all of the earnings of the business
and the vendors’ remaining interest is recognised as a non-
controlling interest in equity.

Intangibles, being the value placed on brands, customer
contracts, non-compete arrangements and libraries, of
£65 million ($109 million) were identified. Other fair value
adjustments have been made to the opening balance sheet,
though none of them are individually significant.

Goodwill represents the value placed on the opportunity to
expand the Group’s creative pipeline in the United States
and exploiting that offering internationally. It also reflects
the value of the assembled workforce of creative talent who
will develop that content. The amortisation of goodwill is
expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Based on the Group’s projections at acquisition, which
were adjusted as part of the finalisation of the acquisition
accounting, a revision of £41 million was made to goodwill
and reflects the performance adjustment and fair value of
the non-controlling interest. The expected value of the put
option at the date of acquisition was £18 million ($30 million,
discounted).

At the year end, the Group has shown the gross put option
liability of £21 million, net of the performance adjustment
receivable of £32 million, on the Statement of Financial
Position.

Any future changes in the fair value of the put option liability
or performance adjustment arising from a reassessment
of projections will be reported within financing costs on the
income statement, and excluded from adjusted profit.

Other acquisitions
The Group made an initial payment of £6 million for two
smaller acquisitions in the period with a view that these
acquisitions will strengthen and complement ITV’s existing
position as a producer for major television networks in both
the US and the Nordics.

On 14 February 2014, the Group acquired 51% of the
membership interest in DiGa Vision, a US-based producer
that specialises in reality and scripted programming. The
Group consolidates all the earnings of this business and the
vendors’ remaining interest will be recognised as a non-
controlling interest in equity. A call and put option has been
granted over the 49% non-controlling interest, with the
put and call options both being exercisable over three to six
years. The maximum additional consideration that the Group
could pay for the remaining interest is £28 million ($42
million, undiscounted).

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

On 27 February 2014, the Group acquired 100% of United
Productions, a company based in Denmark specialising in
factual, entertainment and reality programmes. Contingent
consideration includes a performance-based payment of
£1 million (maximum £3 million, undiscounted) due to be
paid in 2018 and an earnout payment capped at £1 million
(undiscounted).

Key contractual arrangements of £2 million were identified
across the two acquisitions and goodwill, which represents
the value placed on the opportunity to grow the content
produced by the Group, has been provisionally valued at
£7 million. The goodwill amortisation attributable to DiGa is
expected to be deductible for US tax purposes.

Acquisitions in 2013
In 2013 the Group made four acquisitions. Two were
US producers High Noon and Thinkfactory, where total
initial consideration (net of £4 million of cash acquired) of
£31 million was paid for 60% and 65% membership interests
respectively. Call and put options were granted over the non-
controlling interest and the discounted put option liability
at the acquisition date totalled £13 million. The maximum
consideration which the Group could pay for the remaining
interest across both businesses is £93 million ($144 million,
undiscounted). Final payment will be entirely dependent on
future performance of the business.

A 100% equity interest was acquired in UK-based producers
The Garden and Big Talk, for total initial consideration (net
of £6 million of cash acquired) of £25 million. The maximum
additional amount payable is £45 million (undiscounted), and
is being accounted for as an earnout payment.

Intangibles of £26 million were identified, largely reflecting
the value placed on brands, customer contracts and
contractual arrangements.

137

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 3: Operating Assets
and Liabilities continued

Effect of acquisition
The acquisitions noted above had the following impact on the Group assets and liabilities:

£m

Consideration transferred:
Initial consideration (net of cash acquired) (Note A)
Contingent consideration (Note B)
Total consideration

Fair value of net assets acquired:
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other payables
Fair value of net assets
Non-controlling interest measured at fair value (Note C)
Goodwill

Other information:
Present value at acquisition of the liability on options
Present value at acquisition of the earnout payment

Contributions to the Group’s performance:
Revenue – acquisition to date
Profit after tax – acquisition to date
Revenue – January to December
Profit after tax – January to December

Leftfield

Other

209
(30)
179

5
65
30
(42)
58
18
139

18
2

57
14
83
20

5
1
6

–
2
2
(3)
1
2
7

2
2

5
–
5
–

2014
Total

214
(29)
185

5
67
32
(45)
59
20
146

20
4

62
14
88
20

2013
Total

56
6
62

–
26
32
(41)
17
13
58

13
15

61
3
96
6

Note A: Cash of £5 million was acquired with Leftfield and £1 million with DiGa.
Note B: At year end the Leftfield contingent consideration was valued at £32 million due to currency translation (see note 4.5)
Note C: Non-controlling interest arises where the Group acquires less than 100% of the equity interest in a business, but obtains control.

138

3.5 Investments

Keeping it simple . . .

The Group holds minority interests in a number of
different entities. Accounting for these investments,
and the Group’s share of any profits and losses,
depends on the level of control or influence the
Group is granted via its interest. The three principal
types of non-consolidated investments are: joint
arrangements ( joint ventures or joint operations),
associates and fixed asset investments. A joint venture
is an investment where the Group has joint control,
with one or more third parties. An associate is an
entity over which the Group has significant influence
(i.e. power to participate in the investee’s financial and
operating decisions). Any other investment is a fixed
asset investment.

Accounting policies
For joint ventures and associates the Group applies equity
accounting. Under this method, it recognises the investment
in the entity at cost and subsequently adjusts this for its
share of profits or losses, which are recognised in the income
statement within non-operating items and included in
adjusted profit. For fixed asset investments no share of
profits or losses are recognised.

The carrying value of all investments are shown as non-
current assets on the Statement of Financial Position.
The £10 million increase in the year comprises £7 million
in relation to the acquisition of associates and fixed asset
investments and £3 million of funding to existing joint
ventures.

Principal investments
The Company indirectly held at 31 December 2014 the
following holdings in significant joint ventures, associates
and investments:

Interest in
ordinary
share capital
2014
%

Interest in
ordinary
share capital
2013

50.0
50.0

40.0
25.0
–
–

–
–

50.0
50.0

40.0
25.0
–
–

–
–

Name

Joint ventures

Freesat (UK) Limited
Digital 3 & 4 Limited
Associates
Independent Television News (ITN)
Limited
Mammoth Screen Limited
Tomorrow ITV Studios 1
Indigenous Media 2
Fixed asset investments
Believe Entertainment 3
Zealot Networks 4

14.7% preferred interest.

1. 25% preferred interest.
2.
3. 5.2% preferred interest
4. 6% preferred interest.

Principal activity

Provision of a standard and high definition enabled
digital satellite proposition
Operates the Channel 3 & 4 digital terrestrial multiplex

Supply of news services to broadcasters in the UK
and elsewhere
Production of scripted content
Production of scripted content
Production of content for digital distribution

Production of content for digital distribution
Digital-first media company

139

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial Statements

Section 3: Operating Assets
and Liabilities continued

3.6 Provisions

Keeping it simple . . .

A provision is recognised by the Group where an
obligation exists relating to events in the past and it
is probable that cash will be paid to settle it.

A provision is made where the Group is not certain
how much cash will be required to settle a liability, so
an estimate is required. The main estimates relate to
the cost of holding properties that are no longer in
use by the Group, the likelihood of settling legal claims
and contracts the Group has entered into that are now
unprofitable.

Accounting policies
A provision is recognised in the statement of financial
position when the Group has a present legal or constructive
obligation arising from past events, it is probable cash
will be paid to settle it and the amount can be estimated
reliably. Provisions are determined by discounting the
expected future cash flows by a rate that reflects current
market assessments of the time value of money and the
risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is
recognised as a financing cost in the income statement. The
value of the provision is determined based on assumptions
and estimates in relation to the amount and timing of actual
cash flows which are dependent on future events.

Provisions
The movements in provisions during the year are as follows:

Contract
provisions
£m
7
(4)

Restruc-
turing
provisions
£m
1
(1)

Property
provisions
£m
4
(1)

Other
provisions
£m
15
–

Total
£m
27
(6)

–

At 1 January 2014
Utilised
At 31 December
2014

Provisions of £17 million are classified as current liabilities (2013:
£19 million). Unwind of the discount is £nil in 2014 and 2013.

Contract provisions comprise onerous sports rights
commitments that are expected to be utilised over the
remaining contract period and onerous commitments on
transmission infrastructure.

Property provisions principally relate to onerous lease
contracts due to empty space created by the ongoing
review and rationalisation of the Group’s property portfolio.
Utilisation of the provision will be over the anticipated life of
the leases or earlier if exited.

140

Other provisions of £15 million primarily relate to potential
liabilities that may arise as a result of Boxclever having been
placed into administrative receivership, most of which relate
to pension arrangements. In 2011 the Determinations Panel
of The Pensions Regulator determined that Financial Support
Directions (‘FSDs’) should be issued against certain companies
within the Group in relation to the Boxclever pension scheme.
The Group immediately referred this decision to the Upper
Tribunal (thereby effectively appealing it). An FSD would
require the Company to put in place financial support for the
Boxclever scheme; however, it cannot be issued during the
period of the reference. The reference process is ongoing and
aside from procedural issues there were no substantive case
developments in the period. The Directors have obtained
leading counsel’s opinion and extensive legal advice in
connection with the proceedings and continue to believe
that the provision held is appropriate.

3.7 Pensions

Keeping it simple . . .

Historically, the Group offered its employees the
opportunity to participate in a number of defined
benefit schemes, but these (collectively referred to as
‘the Scheme’) closed to new members in 2006. Since
then a defined contribution pension scheme has been
made available to all new employees and, where taken
up, the Group makes fixed payments into a separate
fund on their behalf, and has no further obligation. The
risks and rewards associated with this type of scheme
are assumed by the members rather than the Group.
It is the members’ responsibility to make investment
decisions relating to their retirement benefits.

In this note we explain the accounting policies
governing the Group’s pension schemes, followed by
analysis of the components of the net defined benefit
pension deficit, including assumptions made, and
where the related movements have been recognised
in the financial statements. In addition, we have
placed text boxes to explain some of the technical
terms used in the disclosure.

Accounting policies
Defined contribution scheme
Obligations under the Group’s defined contribution schemes
are recognised as an operating cost in the income statement
as incurred. For 2014, total contributions expensed were
£14 million (2013: £8 million).

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial StatementsDefined benefit scheme
The Group’s obligation in respect of the Scheme is calculated
by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees
have earned in return for their service in the current and
prior periods. That benefit is discounted to determine its
present value and the fair value of scheme assets is then
deducted. The discount rate used is the yield at the valuation
date on high quality corporate bonds of a similar duration to
the timing of the future expected benefit payments.

The liabilities of the Scheme are measured by discounting
the best estimate of future cash flows to be paid using the
projected unit method. This method is an accrued benefits
valuation method that makes allowance for projected earnings.
These calculations are performed by a qualified actuary.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period
in which they arise through the statement of comprehensive
income.

Defined benefit schemes

Keeping it simple . . .

In a defined benefit scheme, members receive cash
payments during retirement, the value of which
is dependent on factors such as salary and length
of service. The Group manages the necessary
investment, mortality and inflation risks in order
to meet these obligations. In the event of poor
returns the Group needs to address this through a
combination of increased levels of contribution or
by making adjustments to the Scheme. Schemes
can be funded, where regular cash contributions are
made by the employer into a fund which is invested,
or unfunded, where no regular money or assets are
required to be put aside to cover future payments.

The Group makes contributions to the Scheme,
a separate trustee-administered fund that is not
consolidated in these financial statements, but is
reflected on the defined benefit pension deficit line
on the consolidated statement of financial position.
It is the responsibility of the Trustee to manage
and invest the assets of the Scheme and its funding
position. The Trustee, appointed according to the
terms of the Scheme’s documentation, is required
to act in the best interest of the members and is
responsible for managing and investing the assets of
the Scheme and its funding position.

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

The level of retirement benefit for the Scheme is principally
based on pensionable salary at retirement. The latest
triennial valuation of the Scheme was undertaken as at
1 January 2011 by an independent actuary appointed by the
Trustee of the Scheme and agreed in 2012. The next triennial
valuation will be as at 1 January 2014 and is expected to be
agreed in 2015. This will drive subsequent contribution rates.

An unfunded scheme in relation to previous Directors is
accounted for under IAS 19 and the Group is responsible
for meeting the pension obligations as they fall due. It is
securitised by assets held outside of the ITV Pension Scheme
in the form of gilts and included within cash and cash
equivalents (see note 4.1).

The defined benefit pension deficit
The net pension deficit at 31 December 2014 was £346
million (2013: £445 million).

The assets and liabilities of the Scheme are recognised in
the consolidated statement of financial position and shown
within non-current liabilities. The totals recognised in the
current and previous years are:

Total defined benefit scheme
obligations
Total defined benefit scheme
assets
Net pension deficit

2014
£m

2013
£m

(3,687)

(3,315)

3,341
(346)

2,870
(445)

The remaining sections provide further detail of the value of
the Scheme’s assets and liabilities, how these are accounted
for and the impact on the income statement.

141

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 3: Operating Assets
and Liabilities continued

Total defined benefit scheme obligations

The movement in the present value of the Group’s defined
benefit obligation is analysed below:

Keeping it simple . . .

The section below describes the key areas that impact
the defined benefit obligation (the pension scheme
liabilities) position at the year end. Each area can be
defined as:
• Current service cost – the cost to the Group of
future benefits earned by members which are
attributable to the members’ service in the current
period. This is charged to operating costs in the
income statement.

• Interest cost – future pension obligations are stated
in present value, and therefore a discount factor
is used to state the current worth of a future cost.
This interest cost is the unwinding of the discount
on the present value of the obligation. Broadly, it
is determined by multiplying the discount rate at
the beginning of the period by the present value of
the obligation during the period. This is recognised
through net financing costs in the income
statement (see note 4.4).

• Actuarial gains or losses – arise from differences
between the actual and expected outcome in the
valuation of the obligation. These can be experience
adjustments, which are differences between the
assumptions made and what actually occurred, or
they can result from changes in assumptions, such
as movements in high quality corporate bond rates.
Actuarial gains or losses are recognised through
other comprehensive income.

• Benefits paid – any cash benefits paid out by the

Scheme will reduce the obligation.

At 1 January
Current service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial loss
Benefits paid
At 31 December

2014
£m
3,315
7
144
366
(145)
3,687

2013
£m
3,244
8
133
70
(140)
3,315

Of the above total defined benefit obligation at
31 December 2014, £48 million relates to unfunded schemes
(2013: £44 million). See note 4.1 for details.

Assumptions

Keeping it simple . . .

Assumptions used to calculate the best estimate of
future cash flows to be paid out by the Scheme include:
future salary levels, future pensionable salary levels,
an estimate of increases in pension payments, the life
expectancy of members, the effect of inflation on all
these factors and ultimately the discount rate used to
estimate the present day fair value of these obligations.

IFRS requires that we estimate a discount rate by
reference to high quality fixed income investments in
the UK that match the estimated term of the pension
obligations. The discount rate has therefore been
obtained using the yields available on AA rated corporate
bonds over a term of 15 years (2013: 15 years), which is the
Group’s estimate of the weighted average term of the
liabilities.

The inflation assumption has been set by looking at the
difference between the yields on fixed and index-linked
Government bonds. The inflation assumption is used as
a basis for the remaining financial assumptions, except
where caps have been implemented.

The Group takes independent actuarial advice relating
to the appropriateness of the assumptions used. It is
important to note that comparatively small changes
in the assumptions used may have a significant effect
on the consolidated income statement and statement
of financial position.

142

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial StatementsThe principal assumptions used in the Scheme’s valuations at the year end were:

Discount rate for:
Past service liabilities
Future service liabilities
Inflation assumption for:
Past service liabilities
Future service liabilities
Rate of pensionable salary increases
Rate of increase in pension payment (LPI1 5% pension increases)
Rate of increase to deferred pensions (CPI)

1. Limited Price Index

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

2014

2013

3.50%
3.70%

3.00%
3.05%
0.9%
2.90%
2.00%

4.45%
4.60%

3.35%
3.40%
0.9%
3.25%
2.35%

Both the discount rate and the inflation assumption have been selected by reference to yield curves with terms and cash
flow weightings consistent with the pension obligations.

The table below reflects published mortality investigation data in conjunction with the results of investigations into the
mortality experience of Scheme members. The assumed life expectations on retirement are:

Retiring today at age
Males
Females
Retiring in 20 years at age
Males
Females

2014
60
27.9
30.5
60
29.9
32.5

2014
65
23.1
25.6
65
24.9
27.5

2013
60
27.8
30.4
60
29.8
32.4

2013
65
23.0
25.5
65
24.8
27.4

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the defined benefit obligation are set out below:

Assumption
Discount rate

Change in assumption
Increase/decrease by 0.5%

Rate of inflation (Retail Price Index)
Rate of inflation (Consumer Price Index)
Life expectations

Increase/decrease by 0.5%
Increase/decrease by 0.5%
Increase by one year

Impact on defined benefit obligation
Decrease/increase by £270 million / £310
million
Increase/decrease by £100 million / £90 million
Increase/decrease by £50 million / £40 million
Increase by £100 million

The sensitivities above consider the impact of the single change shown with the other assumptions unchanged. The inflation
sensitivities allow for the consequential impact on the relevant pension increase assumptions. The sensitivity analyses have
been determined by extrapolating the impact on the defined benefit obligation of reasonable changes in key assumptions
occurring at the end of the reporting period.

In practice, changes in one assumption may be accompanied by offsetting changes in another assumption (although this
is not always the case). Changes in the assumptions may occur at the same time as changes in the market value of scheme
assets, which may or may not offset the changes in assumptions.

The sensitivity for life expectations excludes the longevity swap (see the following ‘Keeping it Simple’ box for the definition).
It is estimated that a £75 million benefit would arise on the value of the longevity swap from a one year increase in the
market-based assumption of mortality.

143

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 3: Operating Assets
and Liabilities continued

Total defined benefit scheme assets

Keeping it simple . . .

The Scheme holds assets across a number of different classes which are managed by the Trustee, who consults with
the Group on changes to its investment policy. Financial instruments are in place in order to provide protection against
changes in market factors (interest rates and inflation) which could act to increase the pension deficit.

One such instrument is the longevity swap which the Scheme transacted in 2011 to obtain protection against the
effect of increases in the life expectation of the majority of pensioner members at that date. Under the swap, the
Trustee agreed to make pre-determined payments in return for payments to meet the specified pension obligations
as they fall due, irrespective of how long the members and their dependants live. The difference in the present values
of these two streams of payments is reflected in the Scheme assets. The swap has a nil valuation at inception and,
using market-based assumptions, is subsequently adjusted for changes in the market life expectancy and market
discount rates.

Defined benefit scheme assets are measured at their fair value and can change due to the following:
• Interest income on scheme assets – this is determined by multiplying the fair value of the Scheme assets by the
discount rate, both taken as of the beginning of the year. This is recognised through net financing costs in the
income statement.

• Return on assets arise from differences between the actual return and interest income on Scheme assets and are

recognised through other comprehensive income.

• Employer’s contributions are paid into the Scheme to be managed and invested.
• Benefits and administrative expenses paid out by the Schemes will lower the fair value of the Scheme’s assets.

The movement in the fair value of the defined benefit
scheme’s assets is analysed below:

Fair value of Scheme assets at
1 January
Interest income on Scheme assets
Return on assets, excluding
interest income
Employer contributions
Benefits paid
Administrative expenses paid
Fair value of Scheme assets at
31 December

2014
£m

2,870
128

390
103
(145)
(5)

2013
£m

2,693
113

118
91
(140)
(5)

3,341

2,870

Quoted equities
Quoted bonds *
Total quoted assets
Property
Infrastructure
Hedge funds/alternatives
Insurance policies
Cash and cash equivalents
Other
Longevity swap fair value
Total unquoted assets
Total Scheme assets

Market value
2014
£m
654
2,329
2,983
51
77
183
42
50
22
(67)
358
3,341

Market value
2013
£m
747
1,711
2,458
49
65
165
38
110
8
(23)
412
2,870

The actual return on the Scheme’s assets, being the sum
of the interest income on Scheme assets and return on
Scheme assets, for the year ended 31 December 2014 was
an increase of £518 million (2013: increase of £231 million).

At 31 December 2014 the Scheme’s assets were invested in
a diversified portfolio that consisted primarily of equity and
debt securities. The fair value of the Scheme’s assets are
shown in the following table by major category.

* Quoted bonds include interest rate and inflation swaps.

Included in the above are overseas assets of £1,218 million
(2013: £872 million), comprised of equities of £569 million
(2013: £576 million) and bonds of £649 million (2013: £296
million).

144

Addressing the net pension deficit

Keeping it simple . . .

The Group works closely with the Trustee to agree
appropriate levels of funding for the Scheme. This
involves agreeing a Schedule of Contributions at each
triennial valuation, setting out the annual deficit
payments to be made by the Group. A recovery plan
setting out the steps that would be taken to address a
funding shortfall is also agreed.

In the event that the Group’s defined benefit scheme
is in a net liability position, the Directors must take
steps to manage the size of the deficit. Apart from
the funding agreements mentioned above, this could
involve pledging additional assets to the Scheme, as
was the case in the SDN and London Television Centre
(‘LTVC’) pension funding partnerships (explained
below).

The levels of ongoing contributions to the Scheme are based
on the current service costs (as assessed by the Scheme
Trustee) and the expected future cash flows of the Scheme.
Normal employer contributions in 2015 for current service
are expected to be in the region of £11 million (2014: £10
million) assuming current contribution rates continue as
agreed with the Trustee.

The Group’s deficit funding contributions to Sections A,
B and C will be reviewed following the result of the 2014
triennial valuation, expected in Q2 2015. The 2015 deficit
payments are not expected to exceed those made in 2014.

When selecting the mix of assets to hold, and considering
their related risks and returns, the Trustee will weigh up the
variability of returns against the target long-term rate of
return on the overall portfolio.

Amounts recognised through the income statement
Amounts recognised through the income statement in the
various captions are as follows:

Amount charged to operating
costs:
Current service cost
Scheme administration expenses

Amount charged to net financing
costs:
Net interest on defined benefit
obligation

2014
£m

2013
£m

(7)
(5)
(12)

(8)
(5)
(13)

(16)

(20)

Total charged in the consolidated
income statement

(28)

(33)

Amounts recognised through the consolidated statement
of comprehensive income
The amounts recognised through the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income/(cost) are:

2014
£m

2013
£m

390

118

Remeasurement gains and (losses):
Return on scheme assets
excluding interest income
Actuarial losses on liabilities
arising from change in:
— demographic assumptions
— financial assumptions
— updated valuation data

Total recognised in the
consolidated statement of
comprehensive income

–
(402)
36
(366)

(66)
(4)
–
(70)

Under the SDN pension partnership, set up in 2010, the
Group has agreed to make deficit payments of £11 million
for 12 years from 2011. The LTVC partnership, established
in March 2014, commits the Group to an annual deficit
payment of £2 million in 2015, increasing by 5% per annum
until 2038.

The £366 million actuarial loss on the Scheme’s liabilities
was principally due to a material fall in bond yields over the
year, which has resulted in a large increase in the liabilities.
The £390 million gain on the Scheme’s assets primarily
results from increases in the market values of gilts and
swaps, which has led to assets outperforming expectations.

145

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 4: Capital Structure and
Financing Costs

In this section . . .

This section outlines how the Group manages its capital structure and related financing costs, including its balance
sheet liquidity and access to capital markets.

The Directors determine the appropriate capital structure of ITV, specifically, how much is raised from shareholders
(equity) and how much is borrowed from financial institutions (debt) in order to finance the Group’s activities both now
and in the future. Maintaining capital discipline and balance sheet efficiency remains important to the Group, as seen
through the repurchase of the bilateral loan during the year. Any potential courses of action will take into account the
Group’s liquidity needs, flexibility to invest in the business, pension deficit initiatives and impact on credit ratings.

The Directors consider the Group’s capital structure and dividend policy at least twice a year ahead of announcing
results and do so in the context of its ability to continue as a going concern, to execute the strategy and to invest in
opportunities to grow the business and enhance shareholder value.

In 2014, a Tax and Treasury committee was established, acting under delegated authority from the Board, in order to
approve certain financial transactions and to monitor compliance with the Group’s tax and treasury policies.

4.1 Net cash

Keeping it simple . . .

Net cash is the Group’s key measure used to evaluate total cash resources net of the current outstanding debt.

Adjusted net debt is also monitored by the Group and more closely reflects how credit agencies see the Group’s
gearing. To arrive at the adjusted net debt amount, we add our total expected contingent payments on acquisitions,
our IAS 19 pension deficit and our undiscounted operating lease commitments. A full analysis and discussion of
adjusted net debt is included in the Financial and Performance Review.

In defining total outstanding debt the Directors consider it appropriate to include the currency impact of swaps held
against specific debt instruments.

The tables below analyse movements in the components of net cash during the year:

Cash
Cash equivalents
Total cash and cash equivalents
Loans and facilities due within one year
Finance leases due within one year
Loans and facilities due after one year
Finance leases due after one year
Total debt
Currency component of swaps held against euro denominated bonds
Net cash

1 January
2014
£m
438
80
518
(41)
(21)
(301)
(17)
(380)
26
164

Net cash flow
and
acquisitions
£m
(199)
(17)
(216)
41
21
62
–
124
(26)
(118)

Currency and
non-cash
movements
£m
(5)
–
(5)
(78)
(7)
78
7
–
–
(5)

31 December
2014
£m
234
63
297
(78)
(7)
(161)
(10)
(256)
–
41

146

Cash
Cash equivalents
Total cash and cash equivalents
Held to maturity investments
Loans and facilities due within one year
Finance leases due within one year
Loans and facilities due after one year
Finance leases due after one year
Total debt
Currency component of swaps held against euro denominated bonds
Convertible bond equity component
Amortised cost adjustment
Net cash

1 January
2013
£m
602
88
690
145
–
(7)
(594)
(38)
(639)
25
(22)
7
206

Net cash flow
and
acquisitions
£m
(164)
(8)
(172)
(145)
–
7
200
–
207
–
11
–
(99)

Currency and
non-cash
movements
£m
–
–
–
–
(41)
(21)
93
21
52
1
11
(7)
57

31 December
2013
£m
438
80
518
–
(41)
(21)
(301)
(17)
(380)
26
–
–
164

Cash and cash equivalents
Included within cash equivalents is £16 million (2013: £36
million), the use of which is restricted to meeting finance
lease commitments under programme sale and leasebacks
(see note 4.2), and gilts of £39 million (2013: £36 million)
in respect of which a charging deed was executed on the
unfunded pension commitments of four former Granada
executives. Legal action has commenced to try and remove
the charge.

Loans and facilities due within one year
The unsecured £78 million Eurobond, which has a coupon of
5.375% and a maturity of October 2015 was reclassified to
current borrowings.

In June 2014 the unsecured £41 million (€50 million)
Eurobond matured, resulting in a net payment by the Group
of £15 million, after settlement of the Group’s related
outstanding cross-currency interest rate swaps.

Loans and loan notes due after one year
The Group has one loan that is repayable between two
and five years as at 31 December 2014. The unsecured
£161 million Eurobond matures in January 2017 and has
a coupon of 6.125%.

In January 2014 the Group repurchased the remaining
principal of £62 million on the 2019 bilateral loan for a cash
cost of £95 million. The repurchase is expected to result
in future cash savings of £44 million. The loss arising on
settlement of £30 million has been included in net financing
costs (note 4.4) but excluded from adjusted profit for
the year.

In 2013 £138 million of the 2019 bilateral loan was repaid
from cash and the held to maturity gilts secured against the
loan. The Group also settled a £135 million convertible bond,
through a combination of repurchase and redemption. The
settlements resulted in a combined loss of £61 million in
net financing costs, and a net loss attributable to the equity
component of the bond of £74 million.

147

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 4: Capital Structure and
Financing Costs continued

4.2 Borrowings and finance leases

Keeping it simple . . .

The Group borrows money from financial institutions in the form of bonds, bank facilities and other financial
instruments. The interest payable on these instruments is shown in the net financing costs note in note 4.4.

There are Board-approved policies in place to manage the Group’s financial risks. Macroeconomic market risks, which
impact currency transactions and interest rates, are discussed in note 4.3. Credit and liquidity risks are discussed below.
• Credit risk: the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty fails to meet its contractual

obligations; and

• Liquidity risk: the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.
The Group is required to disclose the fair value of its debt instruments. Here, fair value is the amount the Group
would pay to transfer the liability. It is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash
flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. This calculation of fair value is consistent with
instruments valued under level 2 in note 4.6.

Accounting policies
Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less directly
attributable transaction costs, with subsequent measurement
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
Under the amortised cost method the difference between
the amount initially recognised and the redemption value
is recorded in the income statement over the period of the
borrowing on an effective interest basis.

Finance leases
Historically, ITV has entered into sale and leaseback agreements
in relation to certain programme titles. Related outstanding
sale and leaseback obligations, which comprise the principal
and accrued interest, are included within borrowings. The
finance related element of the agreement is charged to the
income statement over the term of the lease on an effective
interest basis. Sale and leaseback obligations are secured
against an equivalent cash balance held within cash and
cash equivalents.

Managing credit and liquidity risk
Credit risk
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is represented
by the carrying amount of derivative financial assets (see
note 4.3), trade receivables (see note 3.1.4), and cash and
cash equivalents (note 4.1).

Trade and other receivables
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by
the individual characteristics of each customer. The majority
of trade receivables relate to airtime sales contracts with
advertising agencies and advertisers. Credit insurance has
been taken out against these companies to minimise the
impact on the Group in the event of a possible default.

Cash
The Group operates investment guidelines with respect to
surplus cash that emphasise preservation of capital. The
guidelines set out procedures and limits on counterparty
risk and maturity profile of cash placed. Counterparty limits
for cash deposits are largely based upon long-term ratings
published by the major credit rating agencies and perceived
state support. Deposits up to £50 million which are longer
than 12 months require the approval of the Tax and Treasury
Committee, while greater amounts require approval of the
Board.

Borrowings
ITV is rated as investment grade by Moody’s and S&P. ITV’s
credit ratings, the cost of credit default swap hedging and
the absolute level of interest rates are key determinants
in the cost of new borrowings for ITV. The cost of existing
borrowing remains fixed, except for the revolving credit
facility which has floating rate conditions.

148

Liquidity risk
The Group’s financing policy is to fund itself for the medium
to long-term by using debt instruments with a range of
maturities and to ensure access to appropriate short-term
bank facilities. Long-term funding comes from the UK and
European Capital markets, while any short to medium-term
debt requirements are provided through bank credit facilities
totalling £775 million (see below). Management monitors
rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve (comprising
undrawn bank facilities and cash and cash equivalents) on
the basis of expected cash flows. This monitoring includes
financial ratios to assess possible future credit ratings and
headroom and takes into account the accessibility of cash
and cash equivalents. In April 2014 the Group signed a new

Revolving Credit Facility (‘RCF’) with a group of relationship
banks, replacing the previous RCF disclosed at 31 December
2013. The new RCF is a £525 million committed facility with
leverage and interest cover financial covenants, and matures
in 2019. The arrangement fee was determined based on
prevailing market rates when the facility was signed. In
addition, the Group has arranged £250 million of financial
covenant free financing which runs for three to seven years.
All of these facilities were undrawn at 31 December 2014
(2013: no drawings).

Fair value versus book value
The tables below provide fair value information for the
Group’s borrowings:

Loans due within one year
£78 million Eurobond
Loans due in more than one year
£161 million Eurobond
Loans settled or matured in the period
€50 million Eurobond
£62 million loan (previously £200 million loan)

Maturity

Oct 2015

Jan 2017

June 2014
Mar 2019

Book value

Fair value

2014
£m

161

–
–
239

2013
£m

161

41
62
342

2014
£m

173

–
–
254

2013
£m

179

43
95
400

Movements in book values of the 2014 Eurobond and 2019 bilateral loans are the result of buybacks and maturities in
the period.

Finance leases
The following table analyses when finance lease liabilities are due for payment:

In one year or less
In more than one year but not more
than five years

Minimum
lease
payments
£m
8

10
18

Interest
£m
1

–
1

2014
Principal
£m
7

10
17

Minimum
lease
payments
£m
22

18
40

Interest
£m
1

1
2

2013
Principal
£m
21

17
38

Finance leases principally comprise programmes under sale and leaseback arrangements. The net book value of tangible
assets held under finance leases at 31 December 2014 was £1 million (2013: £1 million).

149

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 4: Capital Structure and
Financing Costs continued

4.3 Managing market risks: derivative financial instruments

Keeping it simple . . .

A derivative is a type of financial instrument typically used to manage risk. A derivative’s value changes over time in
response to underlying variables such as exchange rates or interest rates and is entered into for a fixed period. A hedge
is where a derivative is used to manage an underlying exposure.

The Group is exposed to certain market risks, principally to changes in interest rates on its net borrowings and to
changes in foreign exchange rates on its foreign currency transactions, profits and net assets. In accordance with
Board approved policies, which are detailed in this note, the Group manages these risks by using derivative financial
instruments to hedge these underlying exposures.

The key market risks facing the Group are:
• Currency risk arising from:

i. translation risk, that is, the risk of adverse currency fluctuations in the translation of foreign currency profits,
assets and liabilities (‘balance sheet risk’) and non-functional currency monetary assets and liabilities into
sterling (‘income statement risk’); and

ii. transaction risk, that is, the risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on the value of the Group’s

trading cash flows in various currencies.

• Interest rate risk to the Group arises from significant changes in interest rates. Borrowings issued at or swapped to

floating rates expose the Group to interest rate risk.

The Group mainly employs three types of derivative financial instruments when managing its currency and interest
rate risk:
• Foreign exchange swap contracts are derivative instruments used to hedge income statement translation risk

arising from short term intercompany loans denominated in a foreign currency;

• Forward foreign exchange contracts are derivative instruments used to hedge transaction risk so they enable the

sale or purchase of foreign currency at a known fixed rate on an agreed future date; and

• Interest rate swaps are derivative instruments that exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate, or vice versa,

or one type of floating rate for another, and are used to manage interest rate risk.

Analysis of the derivatives used by the Group to hedge its exposure and the various methods used to calculate their
respective fair values are detailed in this section.

Accounting policies
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at
fair value and are subsequently remeasured at fair value with
the movement recorded in the income statement within
net financing costs, except where derivatives qualify for cash
flow hedge accounting. In this case, the effective portion
of a cash flow hedge is recognised in OCI and presented
in the hedging reserve within equity. The cumulative gain
or loss is later reclassified to the income statement in the
same period as the relevant hedged transaction is realised.
Derivatives with positive fair values are recorded as assets
and negative fair values as liabilities.

The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is
determined by using the difference between the contract
exchange rate and the quoted forward exchange rate at
the reporting date. The fair value of interest rate swaps

is the estimated amount that the Group would receive
or pay to terminate the swap at the reporting date,
taking into account current interest rates and our current
creditworthiness, as well as that of our swap counterparties.

Third party valuations are used to fair value the Group’s
interest rate derivatives. The valuation techniques use
inputs such as interest rate yield curves and currency prices/
yields, volatilities of underlying instruments and correlations
between inputs.

Managing currency and interest rate risk
Currency risk
As the Group expands its international operations, the
performance of the business becomes increasingly sensitive
to movements in foreign exchange rates, primarily with
respect to the US dollar and the euro.

150

The Group’s foreign exchange policy is to use forward foreign
exchange contracts to hedge material foreign currency
denominated costs or revenue at the time of commitment
for up to five years forward and to hedge a proportion of
highly probable foreign currency denominated costs or
revenue on a rolling 18-month basis. From 2014, the Group
has started to apply hedge accounting for certain foreign
exchange hedge contracts.

The Group ensures that its net exposure to foreign currency
denominated cash balances is kept to a minimal level by
using foreign currency swaps to exchange balances back
into sterling or by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot
rates when necessary.

The Group also utilises foreign exchange swaps both to
manage foreign currency cash flow timing differences and
to hedge foreign currency denominated monetary items.

The Group’s net investments in overseas subsidiaries may
be hedged where the currency exposure is considered to
be material. In 2014 no such hedges were entered into
(2013: none).

The following table highlights the Group’s sensitivity to a 10%
strengthening/weakening in sterling against the US dollar and
euro, assuming all other variables are held constant:

US dollar
Euro

Interest rate risk
Between 2011 and 2014 the Group’s interest rate policy has
been to have 100% of its borrowings at fixed rates in order to
lock in low interest rates. This policy was amended in 2014 to
allow fixed rate gross debt to vary between 20% and 100%
of total gross debt to accommodate floating rate borrowings
under the new revolving credit facility. At 31 December 2014
the Group’s fixed rate debt represented 100% of total debt.

At 31 December 2014, if interest rates had increased/
decreased by 1%, post-tax profit for the year would have
been £2 million higher/lower (2013: £4 million).

Current
Interest rate swaps – fair value through profit or loss
Cash flow hedges
Non-current
Interest rate swaps – fair value through profit or loss
Cash flow hedges

2014 –
equity

2014 – post-
tax profit

2013 –
equity
£8 million £34 million £8 million £17 million
£8 million £29 million £7 million £15 million

2013 – post-
tax profit

For financial assets and liabilities classified at fair value
through profit or loss, the movements in the year relating to
changes in fair value and interest are not separated.

Derivative financial instruments
The following table shows the fair value of derivative
financial instruments analysed by type of contract. Interest
rate swap fair values exclude accrued interest.

Assets
£m

2014
Liabilities
£m

11
–

16
–
27

(9)
(3)

(11)
(1)
(24)

Assets
£m

2013
Liabilities
£m

32
–

41
–
73

(6)
–

(27)
–
(33)

151

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 4: Capital Structure and
Financing Costs continued

relevant cash flows are payable within the next two years. In
order to fix the sterling cash outflows associated with the
commitments – which are denominated in AUD or euros – the
Group has taken out forward foreign exchange contracts for
the same foreign currency amount and maturity date as the
expected foreign currency outflow. The amount recognised
in OCI during the period all relates to the effective portion of
the revaluation loss associated with these contracts. There
was no ineffective portion taken to the income statement,
nor were there any cumulative gains or losses recycled to the
income statement in the year (nil in 2013).

On issuing the 2015 and 2017 Eurobonds, the Group entered
into a portfolio of fixed to floating interest rate swaps and
then subsequently overlaid a portfolio of floating to fixed
interest rate swaps with the result that interest is now 100%
fixed on these borrowings. The timing of entering into these
swaps locked in an interest benefit for the Group, resulting
in a net mark-to-market gain on the portfolio.

Forward foreign exchange contracts are primarily used to
hedge the Group’s foreign currency firm commitments and
highly probable forecast payments and receipts.

Cash flow hedges
In the year, the Group implemented hedge accounting for
certain foreign currency firm commitments, where the

Undiscounted financial liabilities

Keeping it simple . . .

The Group is required to disclose the expected timings of cash outflows for each of its financial liabilities (including
derivatives). The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows (including interest), so
will not always reconcile with the amounts disclosed on the statement of financial position.

Total
contractual
cash flows
£m

(357)
(726)
(4)
(96)

20
(4)
(1,167)

Total
contractual
cash flows
£m

(483)
(744)
(1)
(97)

55
(1,270)

Less than
1 year
£m

Between
1 and 2 years
£m

Between
2 and 5 years
£m

Over
5 years
£m

(100)
(699)
–
–

10
(2)
(791)

(16)
(23)
(3)
(9)

3
(2)
(50)

(175)
(4)
(1)
(81)

7
–
(254)

(66)
–
–
(6)

–
–
(72)

Less than
1 year
£m

Between
1 and 2 years
£m

Between
2 and 5 years
£m

Over
5 years
£m

(92)
(702)
–
–

37
(757)

(108)
(31)
–
(4)

9
(134)

(216)
(10)
(1)
(75)

9
(293)

(67)
(1)
–
(18)

–
(86)

At 31 December 2014
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Other payables – non-current
Other payables – commitments on acquisitions
Derivative financial instruments
Interest rate swaps
Foreign exchange forward contracts

At 31 December 2013

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Other payables – non-current
Other payables – commitments on acquisitions
Derivative financial instruments
Interest rate swaps

152

4.4 Net financing costs

Keeping it simple . . .

This section details the interest income generated on the Group’s cash and other financial assets and the interest
expense incurred on borrowings and other financial liabilities.

In reporting ‘adjusted profit’, the Group adjusts net financing costs to exclude mark-to-market movements on interest
rate and foreign exchange derivatives, gains/losses on bond buybacks, net pension interest, interest and fair value
movements in acquisition-related liabilities and other financing costs.

Read more on our rationale for adjustments made to financing costs in the Financial and Performance Review.

Accounting policies
Net financing costs comprise interest income on funds
invested, gains/losses on the disposal of financial
instruments, changes in the fair value of financial
instruments, interest expense on borrowings and finance
leases, unwinding of the discount on provisions, unwinding
of the discount on liabilities to non-controlling interest,
foreign exchange gains/losses, and imputed interest on
pension assets and liabilities. Interest income and expense is
recognised as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective
interest method.

Net financing costs
Net financing costs can be analysed as follows:

As detailed in note 4.1, losses on early settlement of
£30 million (2013: £61 million) were incurred as a result of
the remaining repurchase of the £62 million 2019 bilateral
loan.

Interest on financial liabilities relates to the interest incurred
on the Group’s borrowings in the year.

Other finance income primarily relates to acquisition-
related contingent liabilities, where estimates of the
future performance against stretch targets is reassessed,
resulting in adjustments to the related put option liabilities
and contingent consideration are required. Other finance
expense includes the amortisation of facility commitment
and upfront fees.

Financing income:
Interest income

Change in fair value of

instruments classified at fair

value through profit or loss
Foreign exchange gain
Other finance income

Financing costs:

Interest expense on financial
liabilities measured at

amortised cost
Net pension interest

(see note 3.7)

Losses on early settlement
Foreign exchange loss
Other finance expense

Net financing costs

2014
£m

2013
£m

Read more on our financing costs in the Financial and
Performance Review on page 45.

–
1
17
22

(19)

(17)
(30)
–
(7)
(73)
(51)

3
–
–
10

(29)

(20)
(61)
(1)
(14)
(125)
(115)

153

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial Statements

Section 4: Capital Structure
and Financing Costs continued

4.5 Fair value hierarchy

Keeping it simple . . .

The financial instruments included on the ITV statement of financial position are measured at either fair value or
amortised cost. The measurement of this fair value can in some cases be subjective, and can depend on the inputs
used in the calculations. ITV generally uses external valuations using market inputs or market values (e.g. external share
prices). The different valuation methods are called ‘hierarchies’ and are described below.

The tables below set out the financial instruments included on the ITV statement of financial position at ‘fair value’.

Assets measured at fair value
Available for sale financial instruments
Available for sale gilts
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Contingent consideration

Interest rate swaps

Liabilities measured at fair value
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Interest rate swaps

Contingent consideration
Financial liabilities at fair value through reserves
Cash flow hedges

Assets measured at fair value
Available for sale financial instruments
Available for sale gilts
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Interest rate swaps

Liabilities measured at fair value
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Interest rate swaps

Contingent consideration

154

Fair value
31 December
2014
£m

Level 1
31 December
2014
£m

Level 2
31 December
2014
£m

Level 3
31 December
2014
£m

32
27
98

–
–
39

–

–
27
27

–

32
–
32

Fair value
31 December
2014
£m

Level 1
31 December
2014
£m

Level 2
31 December
2014
£m

Level 3
31 December
2014
£m

(20)
(3)

(4)
(27)

–
–

(20)
–

(4)
(24)

–
(3)

Fair value
31 December
2013
£m

Level 1
31 December
2013
£m

Level 2
31 December
2013
£m

Level 3
31 December
2013
£m

73
109

–
36

–

73
73

–

–
–

Fair value
31 December
2013
£m

Level 1
31 December
2013
£m

Level 2
31 December
2013
£m

Level 3
31 December
2013
£m

(33)
(7)
(40)

–
–
–

(33)
–
(33)

–
(7)
(7)

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

Level 1
Fair values are measured using quoted prices (unadjusted) in
active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2
Fair values are measured using inputs, other than quoted
prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the
asset or liability either directly or indirectly.

Interest rate swaps and options are accounted for at their
fair value based upon termination prices. Forward foreign
exchange contracts are accounted for at the difference
between the contract exchange rate and the quoted
forward exchange rate at the reporting date.

Level 3
Fair values are measured using inputs for the asset or liability
that are not based on observable market data.

Contingent consideration is the Group’s only financial
instrument classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
As noted in the accounting policy section of note 3.3, the
key assumptions taken into consideration when measuring
this acquisition-related liability are the performance
expectations of the acquisition and a discount rate that
reflects the size and nature of the new business. There is no
reasonable change in discount rate or performance targets
that would give rise to a material change in the liability at
year end.

The table below summarises the key movement in the
contingent consideration during the year.

At 1 January
Acquisitions (see note 3.4)
Changes in estimates (income statement)
Currency translation
At 31 December
Current
Non-current
At 31 December

Asset
2014
£m

Liability
2014
£m

Asset
2013
£m

Liability
2013
£m

–
30
–
2
32
–
32
32

(7)
(1)
5
–
(3)
–
(3)
(3)

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(1)
(6)
–
–
(7)
–
(7)
(7)

Changes in estimates, including the unwind of interest and fair value movements, are recognised in net financing costs.

4.6 Equity

Keeping it simple . . .

This section explains material movements recorded in
shareholders’ equity that are not explained elsewhere
in the financial statements. The movements in equity
and the balance at 31 December 2014 are presented
in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

Accounting policies
Available for sale reserve
Available for sale assets are stated at fair value, with any gain
or loss recognised directly in the available for sale reserve in
equity, unless the loss is a permanent impairment, when it is
then recorded in the income statement.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised through equity on the earlier
of their approval by the Company’s shareholders or their
payment.

4.6.1 Share capital and share premium
The Group’s share capital at 31 December 2014 of £403
million (2013: £403 million) and share premium of £174
million (2013: £174 million) is the same as that of ITV plc.
Details of this are given in the ITV plc Company financial
statements section of this annual report.

155

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial Statements
Section 4: Capital Structure
and Financing Costs continued

4.6.2 Merger and other reserves
Merger and other reserves at 31 December 2014 include the
following reserves:

4.7 Share-based compensation

Keeping it simple . . .

The Group utilises share award schemes as part of
its employee remuneration packages, and therefore
operates a number of share-based compensation
schemes, namely the Deferred Share Award (DSA),
Performance Share Plan (PSP), Long Term Incentive
Plan (LTIP) and Save As You Earn (SAYE) schemes.

A transaction will be classed as share-based
compensation where the Group receives services
from employees and pays for these in shares or similar
equity instruments. If the Group incurs a liability
whose amount is based on the price or value of the
Group’s shares then this will also fall under a share-
based transaction.

A description of each type of share-based payment
arrangement that existed at any time during the
period are set out in the Annual Remuneration Report.

Read more on each of the Group’s share award schemes
in the Annual Remuneration Report and Remuneration
Policy on pages 82 to 99.

Accounting policies
For each of the Group’s share-based compensation schemes,
the fair value of the equity instrument granted is measured
at grant date and spread over the vesting period via a charge
to the income statement with a corresponding increase in
equity.

The fair value of the share options and awards is measured
using either market price at grant date or, for the Save as you
Earn scheme, a Black–Scholes model, taking into account
the terms and conditions of the individual scheme.

Vesting conditions are limited to service conditions and
performance conditions. For performance-based schemes,
the relevant Group performance measures are projected to
the end of the performance period in order to determine the
number of options expected to vest. Based on this number,
and the option fair values, their present value is determined.
At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimates of
the number of options that are expected to vest, including
an estimate of forfeitures. It recognises the impact of
the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income
statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

Merger reserves
Capital reserves
Capital redemption reserves
Revaluation reserves
Put option liabilities arising on
acquisition of new subsidiaries
Total

2014
£m
119
112
36
6

(45)
228

2013
£m
119
112
36
6

(25)
248

The £20 million increase in liabilities on the put options
for the acquisition of new subsidiaries relates to the non-
controlling interests of Leftfield Entertainment and DiGa
Vision, as detailed in note 3.4.

4.6.3 Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises:
• all foreign exchange differences arising on the translation
of the accounts of, and investments in, foreign operations;

• the gains or losses on the portion of cash flow hedges
that have been deemed effective (see note 4.3).

4.6.4 Available for sale reserve
The available for sale reserve comprises all movements
arising on the revaluation of gilts accounted for as available
for sale.

4.6.5 Retained earnings
The retained earnings reserve comprises profit for the year
attributable to owners of the Company of £466 million
(2013: £326 million) and other items recognised directly
through equity as presented in the consolidated statement
of changes in equity. Other items include the credit for the
Group’s share-based compensation schemes and the charge
for the purchase of ITV shares via the ITV Employees’ Benefit
Trust, which are described in note 4.7.

The Directors of ITV plc propose a final dividend of 3.3p per
share and a special dividend of 6.25p per share.

4.6.6 Non-controlling interests
The movement for the year comprises:
• the fair value of the non-controlling interests acquired in

the year of £20 million (2013: £13 million);

• the share of profits attributable to non-controlling
interests on US acquisitions of £7 million (2013: ££4
million); and

• the distributions made to non-controlling interests of £8

million (2013: £1 million).

156

Exercises of share options granted to employees can be satisfied by market purchase or issue of new shares. No new shares
may be issued to satisfy exercises under the terms of the DSA. During the year all exercises were satisfied by using shares
purchased in the market and held in the ITV Employees’ Benefit Trust.

Share-based compensation charges totalled £14 million in 2014 (2013: £14 million).

The table below summarises the movements in the number of share options outstanding for the Group and their weighted
average exercise price:

Outstanding at 1 January
Granted during the year – nil priced
Granted during the year – other
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year
Expired during the year
Outstanding at 31 December
Exercisable at 31 December

2014
Weighted
average
exercise price
(pence)
14.52
–
162.86
28.67
9.02
12.94
32.97
14.47

Number
of options
(’000)
67,676
8,594
5,999
(1,381)
(27,860)
(1,095)
51,933
1,129

2013
Weighted
average
exercise price
(pence)
11.06
–
126.97
7.69
5.97
51.51
14.52
–

Number
of options
(’000)
68,387
12,726
13,371
(4,900)
(21,385)
(523)
67,676
846

For those options exercised in the year, the average share price during 2014 was 198.01 pence (2013: 150.44 pence).

Of the options still outstanding, the range of exercise prices and weighted average remaining contractual life of these
options can be analysed as follows:

Range of exercise prices (pence)
Nil
20.00 – 49.99
50.00 – 69.99
70.00 – 99.99
100.00 – 109.99

110.00 – 119.99
120.00 – 149.99
150.00 – 199.99

Weighted
average
exercise price
(pence)
–
35.61
67.37
73.58
102.59

–
131.44
163.72

Number
of options
(’000)
36,522
1,120
5,123
303
1,733

–
1,251
5,881

2014
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
(years)
1.75
0.53
1.11
1.90
2.16

–
2.52
2.80

Weighted
average
exercise price
(pence)
–
31.09
67.38
73.58
102.59

–
131.44
–

2013
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
(years)
1.88
1.29
2.11
1.31
3.16

–
3.20
–

Number
of options
(’000)
44,439
2,960
5,399
1,639
1,899

–
11,339
–

157

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 4: Capital Structure
and Financing Costs continued

Assumptions
DSA, LTIP and PSP options are valued directly by reference to the share price at date of grant. The options for the SAYE
scheme, an HMRC approved SAYE scheme, are valued using the Black–Scholes model, using the assumptions below:

Scheme
name
3 Year
5 Year
3 Year
5 Year
3 Year
5 Year
3 Year
5 Year

Date of grant
5 April 2013
5 April 2013
10 Sept 2013
10 Sept 2013
3 April 2014
3 April 2014
10 Sept 2014
10 Sept 2014

Share price
at grant
(pence)
121.00
121.00
183.40
183.40
195.50
195.50
212.40
212.40

Exercise price
(pence)
102.59
102.59
131.44
131.44
159.68
159.68
165.33
165.33

Expected
volatility
%
36.00
49.00
34.00
47.00
32.00
38.00
29.00
34.00

Expected life
(years)
3.25
5.25
3.25
5.25
3.25
5.25
3.25
5.25

Gross dividend
yield
%
2.89
2.89
1.91
1.91
2.15
2.15
1.98
1.98

Risk-free
rate
%
0.31
0.72
1.04
1.80
1.27
1.94
1.30
1.81

Fair value
(pence)
31.40
46.08
62.85
84.32
53.78
70.41
61.14
74.29

Employees’ Benefit Trust
The Group has investments in its own shares as a result of shares purchased by the ITV Employees’ Benefit Trust (‘EBT’).
Transactions with the Group-sponsored EBT are included in these financial statements and primarily consist of the EBT’s
purchases of shares in ITV plc, which are accounted for as a reduction to retained earnings.

The table below shows the number of ITV plc shares held in the EBT at 31 December 2014 and the purchases/(releases) from
the EBT made in the year to satisfy awards under the Group’s share schemes:

Scheme

DSA releases

PSP releases
SAYE releases
Shares purchased

Shares held at
1 January 2014

31 December 2014

Number of shares
(released)/
purchased
21,777,453
(4,309,330)

(9,954,677)
(3,292,458)
18,261,759
22,482,747

Nominal value
£
2,177,745

2,248,275

The total number of shares held by the EBT at 31 December 2014 represents 0.56% (2013: 0.54%) of ITV’s issued share
capital. The market value of own shares held at 31 December 2014 is £48 million (2013: £42 million).

The shares will be held in the EBT until such time as they may be transferred to participants of the various Group share
schemes. Rights to dividends have been waived by the EBT in respect of shares held which do not relate to restricted shares
under the DSA. In accordance with the Trust Deed, the Trustees of the EBT have the power to exercise all voting rights in
relation to any investment (including shares) held within that trust.

158

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Financial StatementsSection 5: Other Notes

5.1 Related party transactions

Keeping it simple . . .

The related parties identified by the Directors include
joint ventures, associated undertakings, fixed asset
investments and key management personnel.

To enable users of our financial statements to form a
view about the effects of related party relationships on
the Group, we disclose the Group’s transactions with
those related parties during the year and any associated
year end trading balances.

Related party transactions
Transactions with joint ventures and associated
undertakings
Transactions with joint ventures and associated
undertakings during the year were:

Sales to joint ventures
Sales to associated undertakings
Purchases from joint ventures
Purchases from associated
undertakings

2014
£m
7
10
26

2013
£m
10
11
27

The transactions with joint ventures primarily relate to sales and
purchases of digital multiplex services with Digital 3&4 Limited.

Purchases from associated undertakings primarily relate to
the purchase of news services from ITN.

All transactions with associated undertakings and joint
ventures arise in the normal course of business on an arm’s
length basis. None of the balances are secured.

The amounts owed by and to these related parties at the
year end were:

Amounts owed by associated
undertakings
Amounts owed by pension scheme
Amounts owed to associated
undertakings

2014
£m

48
1

2013
£m

4
2

–

Balances owed by associated undertakings largely relate to
production funding advanced to Tomorrow ITV Studios and
Mammoth Screen Limited.

Amounts paid to the Group’s retirement benefit plans are
set out in note 3.7.

Independent Auditor’s Report
Introduction and Table of Contents
Primary Statements
ITV plc Company Financial Statements

Transactions with key management personnel
Key management consists of ITV plc Executive and Non-
executive Directors and the ITV Management Board. Key
management personnel compensation is as follows:

Short-term employee benefits
Share-based compensation

5.2 Contingent liabilities

2014
£m
9
5
14

2013
£m
8
5
13

Keeping it simple . . .

A contingent liability is a liability that is not sufficiently
certain to qualify for recognition as a provision where
uncertainty may exist regarding the outcome of
future events.

There are contingent liabilities in respect of certain litigation
and guarantees, broadcasting issues, and in respect of
warranties given in connection with certain disposals of
businesses. None of these items are expected to have a
material effect on the Group’s results or financial position.

159

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsSection 5: Other Notes continued

5.3 Subsidiaries exempt from audit

Keeping it simple . . .
Certain subsidiaries of the Group can take an
exemption from having an audit. Strict criteria must
be met for this exemption to be taken, and it must be
agreed to by the Directors of that subsidiary entity.

Listed below are subsidiaries controlled and consolidated by
the Group, where the Directors have taken the exemption
from having an audit of its financial statements for the
year ended 31 December 2014. This exemption is taken in
accordance with Companies Act s479A.

Company
number
1891539
2285229
5078683
4159249
1692483
3984490
3053908
3210452
3307790
2625225
3210363
2852812
3209058
3106798
5344772
0733063
1127149
6914987
4159213
8534385
3916436
5518785
4201477

Company
name
Broad Street Films Limited
Campania Limited
Carbon Media Limited
Carlton Content Holdings Limited
Carlton Finance Limited
Carlton Food Network Limited
Carlton Programmes Development Limited
Carlton Screen Advertising (Holdings) Limited
Carltonco 103
Carltonco Forty Investments
Carltonco Ninety-Six
Cosgrove Hall Films Limited
DTV Limited
Granada Media Limited
Granada Screen (2005) Limited
Granada Television Overseas Limited
ITV Breathless Limited
ITV (HC) Limited
ITV International Channels (Asia) Limited
ITV Lucan Limited
ITV News Channel Limited
Juice Music UK Limited
Morning TV Limited

160

ITV plc Company Financial
Statements

Company Balance Sheet

As at 31 December

Fixed assets
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
Derivative financial instruments
Other debtors
Cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits

Creditors – amounts falling due within one year
Borrowings
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
Accruals and deferred income
Derivative financial instruments

Net current assets/(liabilities)
Total assets less current liabilities
Creditors – amounts falling due after more than one year
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Profit and loss account
Shareholders’ funds – equity

2013
£m

1,280
32
26
319
1,657

(41)
(1,342)
(22)
(5)
(1,410)

2014
£m

Note

iii

2014
£m

1,705
17
1,722

1,441
14
20
145
1,620

(78)
(1,795)
(19)
(12)
(1,904)

vi
vii
vii
vii

(284)
1,438

(161)
(12)
(173)
1,265

403
174
36
652
1,265

The accounts were approved by the Board of Directors on 4 March 2015 and were signed on its behalf by:

Ian Griffiths
Director

2013
£m

1,648
41
1,689

247
1,936

(301)
(27)
(328)
1,608

403
174
36
995
1,608

161

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsNotes to the ITV plc
Company Financial Statements

i Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
These accounts have been prepared in accordance with UK
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (UK GAAP).

As permitted by section 408 (3) of the Companies Act 2006,
a separate profit and loss account, dealing with the results
of the parent company, has not been presented.

Under FRS 29 the Company is exempt from the requirement
to provide its own financial instruments disclosures, on the
grounds that it is included in publicly available consolidated
financial statements which include disclosures that comply
with the IFRS equivalent to that standard.

The Company has taken advantage of the FRS 1 exemption
from the requirement to prepare and disclose a cash flow
statement.

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities that are directly or indirectly
controlled by the Company. Control exists where the
Company has the power to govern the financial and
operating policies of the entity so as to obtain benefits from
its activities. The investment in the Company’s subsidiaries
is recorded at cost, adjusted for the effect of UITF 41
when it was adopted in prior years. Annual FRS 20 share-
based payment compensation costs are recharged to the
subsidiaries through the profit and loss account.

Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into sterling
at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction.
Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities at the
balance sheet date are translated into sterling at the rate of
exchange ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences
arising on translation are recognised in the profit and loss
account. Non-monetary assets and liabilities measured
at historical cost are translated into sterling at the rate of
exchange on the date of the transaction.

Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value including
directly attributable transaction costs, with subsequent
measurement at amortised cost using the effective interest
rate method. The difference between initial fair value and
the redemption value is recorded in the profit and loss
account over the period of the liability on an effective
interest basis.

Derivatives and other financial instruments
The Company uses a limited number of derivative financial
instruments to hedge its exposure to fluctuations in interest
and other foreign exchange rates. The Company does not
hold or issue derivative instruments for speculative purposes.

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair
value and are subsequently remeasured at fair value with the
movement recorded in the profit and loss account within net
financing costs, except where derivatives qualify for cash
flow hedge accounting. In this case, the effective portion
of cash flow hedge is recognised in retained profits within
equity. The cumulative gain or loss is later reclassified to the
profit and loss account in the same period as the relevant
hedged transaction is realised. Derivatives with positive
fair values are recorded as assets and negative fair values as
liabilities.

The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is
determined by using the difference between the contract
exchange rate and the quoted forward exchange rate at
the balance sheet date. The fair value of interest rate swaps
is the estimated amount that the Company would receive
or pay to terminate the swap at the balance sheet date,
taking into account current interest rates and the current
creditworthiness of swap counterparties.

Third party valuations are used to fair value the Company’s
derivatives. The valuation techniques use inputs such
as interest rate yield curves and currency prices/yields,
volatilities of underlying instruments and correlations
between inputs.

For financial assets and liabilities classified at fair value
through profit or loss the fair value change and interest
income/expense are not separated.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised through equity on the earlier
of their approval by the Company’s shareholders or their
payment.

ii Employees
Two (2013: two) Directors of ITV plc were employees of the
Company during the year, both of whom remain at the year
end. The costs relating to these Directors are disclosed in the
Remuneration Report.

162

vii Reconciliation of movements in

shareholders’ funds

Share
capital
£m
391
12
403

Share
premium
£m
122
52
174

Other
reserves
£m
58
(22)
36

Profit
and loss
Total
account
£m
£m
897
326
669
711
995 1,608

–

(44)

–
–
403

–
–
174

–
–
36

14
14
(313)
(313)
652 1,265

At 1 January 2013
Movement for year
At 1 January 2014
Retained loss for year
for equity shareholders
Share-based
compensation
External dividend paid
At 31 December 2014

The loss after tax for the year dealt with in the accounts of
ITV plc is £44 million (2013: £996 million profit).

The profit and loss account reserves of £652 million at
31 December 2014 are all distributable.

The Company received no dividends from subsidiaries in
2014 (2013: £1,117 million).

The Directors of the Company propose a final dividend of
3.3p per share and a special dividend of 6.25p per share.

iii Investments in subsidiary undertakings
The principal subsidiary undertakings are listed in note xi.
The balance at 31 December 2014 was £1,705 million (2013:
£1,648 million). During the year, the Company increased its
investment in its direct subsidiary, Carlton Communications
Limited, by £57 million.

iv Amounts owed (to)/from subsidiary

undertakings

The Group operates an intra-group cash pool policy with
certain 100% owned UK subsidiaries. The pool applies
to bank accounts where there is an unconditional right
of set off and involves the daily closing cash position for
participating subsidiaries whether positive or negative, being
cleared to £nil via daily bank transfers to/from ITV plc. These
daily transactions create a corresponding intercompany
creditor or debtor which can result in significant movements
in amounts owed to and from subsidiary undertakings in the
Company balance sheet.

v Borrowings
Loans repayable in less than one year
Loans repayable within one year as at 31 December 2014
comprise an unsecured £78 million Eurobond which has a
coupon of 5.375% maturing in October 2015.

Loans repayable after more than one year
Loans repayable after more than one year as at 31 December
2014 comprise an unsecured £161 million Eurobond which
has a coupon of 7.375% maturing in January 2017.

vi Called up share capital

Ordinary shares of 10 pence each
Authorised:
8,000,000,000
Allotted, issued and fully paid:
4,025,409,194
Total

Allotted,
issued
and fully
paid
2014 &
2013
£m

Authorised
2014 &
2013
£m

800

403
403

The Company’s ordinary shares give shareholders equal rights
to vote, receive dividends and to the repayment of capital.

163

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial StatementsNotes to the ITV plc
Company Financial Statements continued

viii Contingent liabilities
Under a Group registration, the Company is jointly and
severally liable for VAT at 31 December 2014 of £58
million (31 December 2013: £51 million). The Company has
guaranteed certain finance and operating lease obligations
of subsidiary undertakings.

Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to
guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within its Group,
the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements, and
accounts for them as such. In this respect, the Company treats
the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as
it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make
a payment under the guarantee.

ix Capital and other commitments
There are no capital commitments at 31 December 2014
(2013: none).

x Related party transactions
Transactions with key management personnel
Key management consists of ITV plc Executive Directors.

Key management personnel compensation, on an
accounting basis, is as follows:

Short-term employee benefits
Share-based compensation

2014
£m
3
2
5

2013
£m
3
2
5

Total emoluments and gains on share options received by
key management personnel in the year were:

Emoluments
Gains on exercise of share options
Gains on release of restricted share
awards

2014
£m
3
2

3
8

2013
£m
3
7

–
10

xi Principal subsidiary undertakings and investments
Principal subsidiary undertakings
The principal subsidiary undertakings of the Company at 31 December 2014, all of which are wholly owned (directly or
indirectly) and incorporated and registered in England and Wales except where stated, are:

Name
ITV Broadcasting Limited
ITV Network Limited
ITV Rights Limited
ITV2 Limited
ITV Digital Channels Limited

ITV Consumer Limited
SDN Limited
ITV Studios Limited
ITV Studios, Inc.1
ITV Global Entertainment Limited
ITV Services Limited
Carlton Communications Limited
Leftfield Entertainment, Inc.1,2

Incorporated and registered in the USA.

1.
2. 80% owned.

Principal activity
Broadcast of television programmes
Scheduling and commissioning of television programmes
Rights ownership
Operation of digital television channels
Operation of digital television channels
Development of platforms, broadband, transactional and mobile
services
Operation of Freeview Multiplex A
Production of television programmes
Production of television programmes
Rights ownership and distribution of television programmes and films
Provision of services for other companies within the Group
Holding company
Production of television programmes

A list of all subsidiary undertakings will be included in the Company’s annual return to Companies House.

164

Principal joint ventures, associated undertakings and investments
The Company indirectly held at 31 December 2014 the following interests in significant joint ventures, associates and
investments:

Interest in
ordinary
share capital
2014
%

Interest in
ordinary
share capital
2013
%

50.0
50.0

40.0
25.0
–
–

–
–

50.0
50.0

40.0
25.0
–
–

–
–

Principal activity

Provision of a standard and high definition
enabled digital satellite proposition
Operates the Channel 3 & 4 digital terrestrial multiplex

Supply of news services to broadcasters
in the UK and elsewhere
Production of scripted content
Production of scripted content
Production of content for digital distribution

Production of content for digital distribution
Digital-first media company

Name

Joint ventures

Freesat (UK) Limited
Digital 3 & 4 Limited
Associates
Independent Television News
Limited (ITN)
Mammoth Screen Limited
Tomorrow ITV Studios 1
Indigenous Media 2
Fixed asset investments
Believe Entertainment 3
Zealot Networks 4

1. 25% preferred interest.
14.7% preferred interest.
2.
3. 15.2% preferred interest.
4. 6% preferred interest.

165

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial Statements

Pictured:
DCI Banks returned for its third series in
2014. It averaged 7.1 million viewers and a
24% share, making it the most successful
series of the show to date.

166

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Shareholder
Information

Financial Record

Shareholder Information

Glossary

168

169

172

167

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVFinancial RecordShareholder InformationGlossaryShareholder InformationFinancial Record

Results

Revenue

Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation (EBITA)
before exceptional items
Amortisation of intangible assets
Impairment of intangible assets
Share of losses of joint ventures and associated undertakings
Exceptional items
Profit before interest and tax
Net financing costs
Profit before tax
Taxation charge
Profit after tax
Non-controlling interests
Profit for the financial year
Basic earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share
Dividend per share
Special dividend per share

Consolidated statement of financial position
Share capital
Reserves
Total equity attributable to equity shareholders of the
parent company
Non-controlling interests
Net assets
Represented by:
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Investments
Distribution rights
Inventory
Trade and other receivables (including assets held for sale
and derivative financial instruments)
Deferred tax asset
Total assets
Net cash/(debt)
Deferred tax liability
Other liabilities
Provisions

168

2014
£m

2013
£m

2012
£m

2011
£m

2010
£m

2,590

2,389

2,196

2,140

2,064

730
(67)
–
–
(7)
656
(51)
605
(132)
473
(7)
466
11.6p
13.8p
3.3p
6.25p

403
611

1,014
50
1,064

1,377
14
13
367

436
43
2,250
41
–
(1,206)
(21)
1,064

620
(66)
–
(2)
(2)
550
(115)
435
(105)
330
(4)
326
8.3p
11.2p
3.5p
4.0p

403
455

858
31
889

1,213
4
10
322

449
52
2,050
164
–
(1,298)
(27)
889

513
(57)
(3)
(1)
(12)
440
(106)
334
(77)
257
(1)
256
6.6p
9.1p
2.6p
4.0p

391
426

817
15
832

1,094
9
17
252

479
93
1,944
206
–
(1,281)
(37)
832

462
(59)
–
(2)
1
402
(75)
327
(79)
248
(1)
247
6.4p
7.9p
1.6p
–

389
417

806
3
809

1,101
5
11
285

475
65
1,942
45
–
(1,145)
(33)
809

408
(63)
–
(3)
19
361
(75)
286
(16)
270
(1)
269
6.9p
6.4p
–
–

389
272

661
2
663

1,120
5
12
284

511
73
2,005
(188)
–
(1,105)
(49)
663

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Shareholder InformationShareholder Information

Shareholder Information
Glossary

Shareholder profile

Information as at 31 December 2014

Type of holder:
Insurance companies

Banks and nominee companies
Individuals
Others
Totals

Size of holding:
1 – 100
101 – 200
201 – 500
501 – 1,000
1,001 – 2,000
2,001 – 5,000
5,001 – 10,000
10,001 – 50,000
50,001 – 100,000
100,001 – 500,000
500,001 – 1,000,000
1,000,001 – 5,000,000
5,000,001 – 10,000,000
10,000,001 – 50,000,000
50,000,001 and above
Totals

Holders
Number

2,792
53,766
1,368
57,931

Holders
Number

9,703
7,820
14,751
9,345
7,160
5,066
1,759
1,300
205
335
141
218
55
57
16
57,931

Shares held
Millions

0.01

4.82
92.81
2.36
100

3,858
118
50
4,026

0.00

95.83
2.93
1.24
100

Shares held

342,567
16.75
1,173,832
13.50
4,779,374
25.46
6,839,050
16.13
10,312,189
12.36
15,782,502
8.75
12,475,502
3.04
26,494,263
2.24
14,519,710
0.35
85,237,666
0.58
102,507,496
0.24
515,531,303
0.38
385,951,569
0.09
0.10 1,228,691,404
0.03 1,614,776,767
100 4,025,409,194

0.01
0.03
0.12
0.17
0.26
0.40
0.31
0.66
0.36
2.12
2.55
12.81
9.59
30.52
40.11
100

169

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVShareholder InformationShareholder Information continued

Registrars and transfer office
All administrative enquiries relating to shareholdings and
requests to receive corporate documents should, in the
first instance, be directed to Capita Asset Services, The
Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, BR3 4TU.

They can be contacted by telephone on

from the UK (calls cost 10 pence per minute plus network
charges) or 1 890 946 375 for Ireland lo-call and +44(0) 203
367 2686 from outside the UK. Lines are open Monday to
Friday 8.00 a.m. to 4.30 p.m.

www.capitadeal.com

0871 664 0300

(calls cost 10 pence per minute plus network charges) from
the UK and

+44 20 8639 3399

ShareGift
ShareGift is a charity share donation scheme for
shareholders who may wish to dispose of a small quantity
of shares where the market value makes it uneconomic to
sell on a commission basis. The scheme is administered by
the Orr Mackintosh Foundation and further information
can be obtained by contacting them:

from outside the UK. Lines are open Monday to Friday
9.00 a.m. to 5.30 p.m.

Alternatively you could email them at:

020 7930 3737

www.sharegift.org

Share price information
The current price of ITV plc ordinary shares is available on
the Company website:

www.itvplc.com

Unsolicited mail
The Company is legally obliged to make its register of
members available to the public. As a consequence of
this some shareholders might receive unsolicited mail.
Shareholders wishing to limit the amount of such mail
should write to the Mailing Preference Service (MPS):

FREEPOST 29 LON20771
London
W1E 0ZT

Alternatively you can register online or request an
application form by telephone or by email. MPS will then
notify the bodies that support its service that you do not
wish to receive unsolicited mail.

0845 703 4599

www.mpsonline.org.uk

mps@dma.org.uk

shareholderenquiries@capita.co.uk

Shareholders who receive duplicate sets of Company
mailings because they have multiple accounts should write
to Capita to have the accounts amalgamated.

By logging on to www.capitashareportal.com shareholders
can benefit from a number of online services as follows:
• Cast your proxy vote online;
• Elect to receive shareholder communication electronically;
• View your holding balance, indicative share price and

valuation;

• View transactions on your holding and dividend payments

you have received;

• Update your address or register a bank mandate

instruction to have dividends paid directly to your bank
account; and

• Access a wide range of shareholder information including

downloadable forms.

You will need your investor code (IVC) which can be found on
your share certificate(s) to register to use the Shareholder
Portal.

Share dealing services
The Company’s shares can be traded through most banks,
building societies and stockbrokers. Additionally, the
Company’s Registrars offer online and telephone dealing for
UK resident shareholders through Capita IRG Trustees Limited.
To use this service shareholders should contact Capita:

0871 664 0454

170

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Shareholder InformationShareholder Information
Glossary

Registered office
The London Television Centre
Upper Ground
London
SE1 9LT

020 7157 3000

Company registration number 4967001

Company website
Investor and shareholder-related information can be found
on the Company website at:

If you deal with an unauthorised firm, you will not be
eligible to receive payment under the Financial Services
Compensation Scheme.

Details of any sharedealing facilities that the Company
endorses will only be included in Company mailings.

Keep in mind that it is very unlikely that an authorised firm
that you have no relationship with would contact you out
of the blue offering to buy or sell shares or offer other
investment opportunities.

More detailed information can be found on the FCA
website:

www.itvplc.com

www.fca.org.uk

www.fca.org.uk/consumers/protect-yourself

Identity theft
Tips for protecting your ITV plc shares:
• Ensure all your certificates are kept in a safe place or hold

your shares electronically in CREST via a nominee.
• Keep all correspondence from Capita in a safe place, or

destroy correspondence by shredding.

• If you change address inform Capita in writing or via the
Shareholder Portal. If you receive a letter from Capita
regarding a change of address but have not recently
moved please contact them immediately.

• Consider having your dividend paid directly into your bank.
This will reduce the risk of the cheque being intercepted
or lost in the post.

• If you change your bank account, inform Capita of the
details of your new account. You can do this via post or
online using the Shareholder Portal. Respond to any
letters Capita sends you about this.

• If you are buying or selling shares only deal with brokers

registered in your country of residence or the UK.

Financial calendar
Ex-dividend date for the Final and Special
dividend

30 April 015

Record date for the Final and Special dividend 1 May 2015
14 May 2015
Annual General Meeting
14 May 2015
Interim Management Statement
Payment date for the Final and Special
Dividend
Half year results announcement

29 May 2015
29 July 2015

Unauthorised brokers (boiler room scams)
Shareholders are advised to be wary of any unsolicited
advice, offers to buy shares at a discount or offers of free
company reports. These are typically from overseas based
brokers who target UK shareholders offering to sell them
what often turn out to be worthless or high risk shares in
US or UK investments. These operations are commonly
known as boiler rooms.

If you receive any unsolicited investment advice:
• Make sure you get the correct name of the person and

organisation.

• Check that they are properly authorised by the FCA

before getting involved by visiting:

www.fsa.gov.uk/register/home.do

• Report the matter to the FCA either by calling their

Consumer Helpline on 0800 111 6768 or by completing
an online form at:

www.fca.org.uk/scams

• If the calls persist, hang up.

171

sluglinear2014.itvplc.comStock code: ITVShareholder InformationGlossary

Broadcasters’ Audience Research Board (BARB) –
organisation owned by broadcasters and advertisers
providing data on television viewing statistics in UK
households

Catch up viewing – non-live viewing of recently broadcast
television programmes, either via a recording device (often
called a PVR or DTR) such as Sky+ or through a Video on
Demand service such as ITV Player, BBC iPlayer, 4oD or
Demand 5

Channel 3 licences – the 15 regional licences and one
national licence awarded to transmit Channel 3 across the
UK. All are owned by ITV with the exception of three of the
regional licences, two of which are owned by STV and one
by UTV

Contract Rights Renewal (CRR) – the remedy agreed by
Carlton and Granada in 2003 as a pre-condition of the
merger, which governs the way in which ITV airtime is sold
by ITV to its advertising customers

Digital switchover – termination in 2012 of the analogue
terrestrial television signal in the regions in which it is still
broadcast. BBC1, BBC2, ITV, Channel 4 and Channel 5 were
broadcast in analogue

Free-to-Air (FTA) television – viewing of television
through devices not requiring monthly subscriptions such
as the Freeview or Freesat services

High Definition (HD) – channels or services broadcast in
substantially higher resolution than standard, providing
improved picture quality

Impact or Commercial Impact – one Commercial
Impact is defined as one viewer watching one 30-second
television commercial

ITV Family – the ITV family of channels which includes
ITV, ITV2, ITV3, ITV4, ITVBe, ITV Encore, CITV, ITV Breakfast,
CITV Breakfast and all associated +1 and HD equivalents.
Viewing figures include the whole of the ITV network.
Revenue figures include only ITV plc operated regions

Linear television – television service where the viewer
has to watch a scheduled TV program at the particular
time it’s offered, and on the particular channel it’s
presented on

Long form video requests – video requests are a measure
of the total number of videos viewed across all platforms
(such as itv.com, Virgin and mobile devices). A long
form video is a programme that has been broadcast on
television and is available to watch online and on demand
in its entirety

Media sales – commission earned by ITV plc on sales of
airtime on behalf of the non-consolidated licensees

Net Advertising Revenue (NAR) – the amount of money
received by a broadcaster as payment for television spot
advertising net of any commission paid to agencies

Network Programme Budget (NPB) – the budget spent
on programming broadcast on the ITV channel, excluding
spend on regional programming and ITV Breakfast

Non-consolidated licensees – the three regional channel
3 licences which ITV does not own. These licences are
owned by STV and UTV and revenues received from these
licences for ITV programming content are referred to as
minority revenues

Non-NAR revenue – non-NAR revenue includes all ITV
revenue, both internal and external, except net advertising
revenue (NAR). This includes inter-segment revenue from
the sale of ITV Studios shows to the ITV Network

Ofcom – the regulator established to govern UK
broadcasting as well as other areas of the media and
telephony industry

SDN – multiplex operator owned by ITV which operates
one of the six digital terrestrial multiplex licences in the UK
that make up Freeview

Share of Broadcast (SOB) – ITV’s share of UK television
advertising revenue (NAR), a measure of market share

Share of Commercial Impacts (SOCI) – the term used to
define the share of total UK television commercial impacts
which is delivered by one channel or group of channels.
This measure excludes viewing of BBC channels as they
do not generate commercial impacts. Unless stated
otherwise, SOCI figures cited throughout this report are
based on BARB data and are based on the universe of
Adults (16+)

Share of Viewing (SOV) – the share of the total viewing
audience during a defined period gained by a programme
or channel. This measure includes viewing of BBC channels.
Unless stated otherwise, SOV figures cited throughout
this report are based on BARB data and are based on the
universe of individuals

Video on Demand (VOD) – the ability to deliver video
content to a customer’s television set, computer or device
when the customer requests it

YouView – a joint venture (with the BBC, Channel 4,
Channel 5, British Telecom, TalkTalk, and Arqiva) to operate
and promote a hybrid television platform combining
Freeview channels with catch up and on demand services

172

sluglineITV plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014Shareholder InformationThis Annual Report is printed by an FSC® (Forest Stewardship
Council), certified printer using vegetable based inks.

This report has been printed on Claro Silk, a white coated paper and
board using 100% EFC pulp.

sluglineITV plc
The London Television Centre
Upper Ground
London
SE1 9LT

www.itv.com
Investors:
www.itvplc.com

Stock code: ITV

slugline